1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen 12 * 13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized 14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts 15 * that changed. 16 * 17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently 18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands). 19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes. 20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[] 21 * for each line. 22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line. 23 * 24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form 25 * one character which occupies two display cells. 26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in 27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII 28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0. When the 29 * character occupies two display cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0. 30 * ScreenLinesC1[] and ScreenLinesC2[] contain up to two composing characters 31 * (drawn on top of the first character). They are 0 when not used. 32 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the 33 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character). 34 * 35 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating 36 * ScreenLines[]. 37 * 38 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines. 39 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be 40 * called from other places when an immediated screen update is needed. 41 * 42 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with: 43 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window) 44 * - w_topfill (filler line above the first line) 45 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window), 46 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line) 47 * 48 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take 49 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is 50 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed. 51 * 52 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call 53 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and 54 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen() 55 * later. 56 * 57 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or 58 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating 59 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each 60 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change 61 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for 62 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting. 63 * 64 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or 65 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold 66 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window 67 * redisplayed by update_screen() later. 68 * 69 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop') 70 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the 71 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later. 72 * 73 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID). 74 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible. 75 * 76 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call 77 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR). 78 * 79 * Things that are handled indirectly: 80 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and 81 * update_screen() called to redraw. 82 */ 83 84 #include "vim.h" 85 86 /* 87 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen. 88 */ 89 static int screen_attr = 0; 90 91 /* 92 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position. 93 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char(). 94 */ 95 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */ 96 97 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 98 /* 99 * Struct used for highlighting 'hlsearch' matches for the last use search 100 * pattern or a ":match" item. 101 * For 'hlsearch' there is one pattern for all windows. For ":match" there is 102 * a different pattern for each window. 103 */ 104 typedef struct 105 { 106 regmmatch_T rm; /* points to the regexp program; contains last found 107 match (may continue in next line) */ 108 buf_T *buf; /* the buffer to search for a match */ 109 linenr_T lnum; /* the line to search for a match */ 110 int attr; /* attributes to be used for a match */ 111 int attr_cur; /* attributes currently active in win_line() */ 112 linenr_T first_lnum; /* first lnum to search for multi-line pat */ 113 colnr_T startcol; /* in win_line() points to char where HL starts */ 114 colnr_T endcol; /* in win_line() points to char where HL ends */ 115 } match_T; 116 117 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */ 118 static match_T match_hl; /* used for ":match" highlight matching */ 119 #endif 120 121 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 122 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */ 123 #endif 124 125 /* 126 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes). 127 */ 128 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine; 129 130 static void win_update __ARGS((win_T *wp)); 131 static void win_draw_end __ARGS((win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, enum hlf_value hl)); 132 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 133 static void fold_line __ARGS((win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row)); 134 static void fill_foldcolumn __ARGS((char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum)); 135 static void copy_text_attr __ARGS((int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr)); 136 #endif 137 static int win_line __ARGS((win_T *, linenr_T, int, int)); 138 static int char_needs_redraw __ARGS((int off_from, int off_to, int cols)); 139 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 140 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width, int rlflag)); 141 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c), (rl)) 142 #else 143 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width)); 144 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c)) 145 #endif 146 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 147 static void draw_vsep_win __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row)); 148 #endif 149 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 150 static void start_search_hl __ARGS((void)); 151 static void end_search_hl __ARGS((void)); 152 static void prepare_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum)); 153 static void next_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol)); 154 #endif 155 static void screen_start_highlight __ARGS((int attr)); 156 static void screen_char __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); 157 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 158 static void screen_char_2 __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); 159 #endif 160 static void screenclear2 __ARGS((void)); 161 static void lineclear __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); 162 static void lineinvalid __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); 163 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 164 static void linecopy __ARGS((int to, int from, win_T *wp)); 165 static void redraw_block __ARGS((int row, int end, win_T *wp)); 166 #endif 167 static int win_do_lines __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del)); 168 static void win_rest_invalid __ARGS((win_T *wp)); 169 static void msg_pos_mode __ARGS((void)); 170 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 171 static int fillchar_status __ARGS((int *attr, int is_curwin)); 172 #endif 173 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 174 static int fillchar_vsep __ARGS((int *attr)); 175 #endif 176 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 177 static void win_redr_custom __ARGS((win_T *wp, int Ruler)); 178 #endif 179 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 180 static void win_redr_ruler __ARGS((win_T *wp, int always)); 181 #endif 182 183 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) 184 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */ 185 static int screen_char_attr = 0; 186 #endif 187 188 /* 189 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type). 190 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value. 191 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing. 192 */ 193 void 194 redraw_later(type) 195 int type; 196 { 197 redraw_win_later(curwin, type); 198 } 199 200 void 201 redraw_win_later(wp, type) 202 win_T *wp; 203 int type; 204 { 205 if (wp->w_redr_type < type) 206 { 207 wp->w_redr_type = type; 208 if (type >= NOT_VALID) 209 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 210 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */ 211 must_redraw = type; 212 } 213 } 214 215 /* 216 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used 217 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen. 218 */ 219 void 220 redraw_later_clear() 221 { 222 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); 223 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE; 224 } 225 226 /* 227 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later. 228 */ 229 void 230 redraw_all_later(type) 231 int type; 232 { 233 win_T *wp; 234 235 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 236 { 237 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 238 } 239 } 240 241 /* 242 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later. 243 */ 244 void 245 redraw_curbuf_later(type) 246 int type; 247 { 248 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type); 249 } 250 251 void 252 redraw_buf_later(buf, type) 253 buf_T *buf; 254 int type; 255 { 256 win_T *wp; 257 258 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 259 { 260 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) 261 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 262 } 263 } 264 265 /* 266 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that 267 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn. 268 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line. 269 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command. 270 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot 271 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn. 272 */ 273 /*ARGSUSED*/ 274 void 275 redrawWinline(lnum, invalid) 276 linenr_T lnum; 277 int invalid; /* window line height is invalid now */ 278 { 279 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 280 int i; 281 #endif 282 283 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum) 284 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum; 285 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 286 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 287 redraw_later(VALID); 288 289 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 290 if (invalid) 291 { 292 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */ 293 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum); 294 if (i >= 0) 295 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; 296 } 297 #endif 298 } 299 300 /* 301 * update all windows that are editing the current buffer 302 */ 303 void 304 update_curbuf(type) 305 int type; 306 { 307 redraw_curbuf_later(type); 308 update_screen(type); 309 } 310 311 /* 312 * update_screen() 313 * 314 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull 315 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline. 316 */ 317 void 318 update_screen(type) 319 int type; 320 { 321 win_T *wp; 322 static int did_intro = FALSE; 323 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 324 int did_one; 325 #endif 326 327 if (!screen_valid(TRUE)) 328 return; 329 330 if (must_redraw) 331 { 332 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */ 333 type = must_redraw; 334 must_redraw = 0; 335 } 336 337 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */ 338 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID) 339 type = NOT_VALID; 340 341 if (!redrawing()) 342 { 343 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */ 344 must_redraw = type; 345 if (type > INVERTED_ALL) 346 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */ 347 return; 348 } 349 350 updating_screen = TRUE; 351 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 352 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of 353 * display updating */ 354 #endif 355 356 /* 357 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down 358 */ 359 if (msg_scrolled) 360 { 361 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 362 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */ 363 type = CLEAR; 364 else if (type != CLEAR) 365 { 366 check_for_delay(FALSE); 367 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) 368 type = CLEAR; 369 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 370 { 371 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled) 372 { 373 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled 374 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP 375 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0 376 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 377 { 378 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp); 379 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP; 380 } 381 else 382 { 383 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 384 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 385 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp) 386 <= msg_scrolled) 387 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 388 #endif 389 } 390 } 391 } 392 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 393 } 394 msg_scrolled = 0; 395 need_wait_return = FALSE; 396 } 397 398 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */ 399 compute_cmdrow(); 400 401 /* Check for changed highlighting */ 402 if (need_highlight_changed) 403 highlight_changed(); 404 405 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */ 406 { 407 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 408 type = NOT_VALID; 409 } 410 411 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */ 412 check_for_delay(FALSE); 413 414 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 415 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' column changes. */ 416 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID 417 && curwin->w_nrwidth != number_width(curwin)) 418 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 419 #endif 420 421 /* 422 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do. 423 */ 424 if (type == INVERTED) 425 update_curswant(); 426 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type 427 && !((type == VALID 428 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid 429 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 430 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill 431 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill 432 #endif 433 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 434 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 435 || (type == INVERTED 436 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum 437 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode 438 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL) 439 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant) 440 #endif 441 )) 442 curwin->w_redr_type = type; 443 444 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 445 /* 446 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed 447 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once. 448 */ 449 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 450 { 451 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set) 452 { 453 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 454 win_T *wwp; 455 456 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */ 457 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next) 458 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer) 459 break; 460 # endif 461 if ( 462 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 463 wwp == wp && 464 # endif 465 syntax_present(wp->w_buffer)) 466 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer); 467 } 468 } 469 #endif 470 471 /* 472 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need 473 * it. 474 */ 475 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 476 did_one = FALSE; 477 #endif 478 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 479 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 480 #endif 481 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 482 { 483 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 484 { 485 cursor_off(); 486 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 487 if (!did_one) 488 { 489 did_one = TRUE; 490 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 491 start_search_hl(); 492 # endif 493 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 494 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 495 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel()) 496 clip_update_selection(); 497 # endif 498 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 499 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because 500 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under 501 * it. */ 502 if (gui.in_use) 503 gui_undraw_cursor(); 504 #endif 505 } 506 #endif 507 win_update(wp); 508 } 509 510 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 511 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */ 512 if (wp->w_redr_status) 513 { 514 cursor_off(); 515 win_redr_status(wp); 516 } 517 #endif 518 } 519 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 520 end_search_hl(); 521 #endif 522 523 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 524 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster 525 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */ 526 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) 527 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE; 528 #else 529 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; 530 #endif 531 532 updating_screen = FALSE; 533 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 534 gui_may_resize_shell(); 535 #endif 536 537 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may 538 * mess up the command line. */ 539 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) 540 showmode(); 541 542 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */ 543 if (!did_intro && bufempty() 544 && curbuf->b_fname == NULL 545 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 546 && firstwin->w_next == NULL 547 #endif 548 && vim_strchr(p_shm, SHM_INTRO) == NULL) 549 intro_message(FALSE); 550 did_intro = TRUE; 551 552 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 553 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 554 * done. */ 555 if (gui.in_use) 556 { 557 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ 558 if (did_one) 559 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 560 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 561 } 562 #endif 563 } 564 565 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI) 566 static void update_prepare __ARGS((void)); 567 static void update_finish __ARGS((void)); 568 569 /* 570 * Prepare for updating one or more windows. 571 */ 572 static void 573 update_prepare() 574 { 575 cursor_off(); 576 updating_screen = TRUE; 577 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 578 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may 579 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ 580 if (gui.in_use) 581 gui_undraw_cursor(); 582 #endif 583 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 584 start_search_hl(); 585 #endif 586 } 587 588 /* 589 * Finish updating one or more windows. 590 */ 591 static void 592 update_finish() 593 { 594 if (redraw_cmdline) 595 showmode(); 596 597 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 598 end_search_hl(); 599 # endif 600 601 updating_screen = FALSE; 602 603 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 604 gui_may_resize_shell(); 605 606 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 607 * done. */ 608 if (gui.in_use) 609 { 610 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ 611 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 612 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 613 } 614 # endif 615 } 616 #endif 617 618 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) 619 void 620 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum) 621 buf_T *buf; 622 linenr_T lnum; 623 { 624 win_T *wp; 625 int doit = FALSE; 626 627 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 628 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 629 # endif 630 631 /* update/delete a specific mark */ 632 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 633 { 634 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0) 635 { 636 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline 637 && lnum < wp->w_botline) 638 { 639 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum) 640 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum; 641 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 642 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 643 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 644 } 645 } 646 else 647 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 648 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 649 doit = TRUE; 650 } 651 652 if (!doit) 653 return; 654 655 /* update all windows that need updating */ 656 update_prepare(); 657 658 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 659 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) 660 { 661 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 662 win_update(wp); 663 if (wp->w_redr_status) 664 win_redr_status(wp); 665 } 666 # else 667 if (curwin->w_redr_type != 0) 668 win_update(curwin); 669 # endif 670 671 update_finish(); 672 } 673 #endif 674 675 676 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) 677 /* 678 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg. 679 * Used for the GUI scrollbar. 680 */ 681 void 682 updateWindow(wp) 683 win_T *wp; 684 { 685 update_prepare(); 686 687 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 688 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 689 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel()) 690 clip_update_selection(); 691 #endif 692 win_update(wp); 693 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 694 if (wp->w_redr_status 695 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 696 || p_ru 697 # endif 698 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 699 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL 700 # endif 701 ) 702 win_redr_status(wp); 703 #endif 704 705 update_finish(); 706 } 707 #endif 708 709 /* 710 * Update a single window. 711 * 712 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the 713 * screen or scrolling lines). 714 * 715 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also 716 * implies the one below it. 717 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window 718 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID 719 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area 720 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area 721 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline 722 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down 723 * 3. redraw changed text: 724 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between 725 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot. 726 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between 727 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot. 728 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid. 729 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom. 730 * This results in three areas that may need updating: 731 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down) 732 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text) 733 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up) 734 */ 735 static void 736 win_update(wp) 737 win_T *wp; 738 { 739 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer; 740 int type; 741 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs 742 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */ 743 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs 744 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */ 745 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs 746 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */ 747 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs 748 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */ 749 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 750 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when 751 w_topline got smaller a bit */ 752 #endif 753 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 754 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */ 755 #endif 756 757 int row; /* current window row to display */ 758 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */ 759 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */ 760 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */ 761 762 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */ 763 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */ 764 int i; 765 long j; 766 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */ 767 int old_botline = wp->w_botline; 768 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 769 long fold_count; 770 #endif 771 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 772 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if 773 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */ 774 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */ 775 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */ 776 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */ 777 int did_update = DID_NONE; 778 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */ 779 #endif 780 linenr_T mod_top = 0; 781 linenr_T mod_bot = 0; 782 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 783 int save_got_int; 784 #endif 785 786 type = wp->w_redr_type; 787 788 if (type == NOT_VALID) 789 { 790 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 791 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 792 #endif 793 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 794 } 795 796 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */ 797 if (wp->w_height == 0) 798 { 799 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 800 return; 801 } 802 803 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 804 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */ 805 if (wp->w_width == 0) 806 { 807 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 808 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0); 809 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 810 return; 811 } 812 #endif 813 814 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 815 /* Setup for ":match" highlighting. Disable any previous match */ 816 match_hl.rm = wp->w_match; 817 if (wp->w_match_id == 0) 818 match_hl.attr = 0; 819 else 820 match_hl.attr = syn_id2attr(wp->w_match_id); 821 match_hl.buf = buf; 822 match_hl.lnum = 0; 823 search_hl.buf = buf; 824 search_hl.lnum = 0; 825 search_hl.first_lnum = 0; 826 #endif 827 828 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 829 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' column changes. */ 830 i = number_width(curwin); 831 if (curwin->w_nrwidth != i) 832 { 833 type = NOT_VALID; 834 curwin->w_nrwidth = i; 835 } 836 else 837 #endif 838 839 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0) 840 { 841 /* 842 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be 843 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw 844 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while). 845 */ 846 type = NOT_VALID; 847 } 848 else 849 { 850 /* 851 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of 852 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes. 853 */ 854 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top; 855 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0) 856 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1; 857 else 858 mod_bot = 0; 859 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */ 860 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0; 861 if (buf->b_mod_set) 862 { 863 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top) 864 { 865 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top; 866 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 867 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included 868 * in a pattern match. */ 869 if (syntax_present(buf)) 870 { 871 mod_top -= buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks; 872 if (mod_top < 1) 873 mod_top = 1; 874 } 875 #endif 876 } 877 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot) 878 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot; 879 880 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 881 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a 882 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a 883 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible 884 * lines above the change. 885 * Same for a ":match" pattern. 886 */ 887 if ((search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL 888 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog)) 889 || (match_hl.rm.regprog != NULL 890 && re_multiline(match_hl.rm.regprog))) 891 top_to_mod = TRUE; 892 #endif 893 } 894 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 895 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) 896 { 897 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb; 898 899 /* 900 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or 901 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected. 902 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first 903 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first 904 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two. 905 */ 906 907 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to 908 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline. 909 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb 910 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */ 911 lnumt = wp->w_topline; 912 lnumb = MAXLNUM; 913 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 914 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 915 { 916 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top) 917 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1; 918 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot) 919 { 920 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum; 921 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating 922 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */ 923 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) 924 ++lnumb; 925 } 926 } 927 928 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL); 929 if (mod_top > lnumt) 930 mod_top = lnumt; 931 932 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */ 933 --mod_bot; 934 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL); 935 ++mod_bot; 936 if (mod_bot < lnumb) 937 mod_bot = lnumb; 938 } 939 #endif 940 941 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below 942 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline. 943 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was 944 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */ 945 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline) 946 { 947 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline) 948 mod_top = wp->w_topline; 949 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 950 else if (syntax_present(buf)) 951 top_end = 1; 952 #endif 953 } 954 955 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below 956 * inserted/deleted lines. */ 957 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu) 958 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 959 } 960 961 /* 962 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when 963 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled. 964 */ 965 if (type == REDRAW_TOP) 966 { 967 j = 0; 968 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 969 { 970 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 971 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows) 972 { 973 top_end = j; 974 break; 975 } 976 } 977 if (top_end == 0) 978 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */ 979 type = NOT_VALID; 980 else 981 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */ 982 type = VALID; 983 } 984 985 /* 986 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw, 987 * handle three cases: 988 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down 989 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up 990 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in 991 * w_lines[] that needs updating. 992 */ 993 if ((type == VALID || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL) 994 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 995 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill 996 #endif 997 ) 998 { 999 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top) 1000 { 1001 /* 1002 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done 1003 * further down. 1004 */ 1005 } 1006 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid 1007 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1008 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1009 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1010 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill) 1011 #endif 1012 )) 1013 { 1014 /* 1015 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down. 1016 */ 1017 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1018 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) 1019 { 1020 linenr_T ln; 1021 1022 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence 1023 * of folded lines as one */ 1024 j = 0; 1025 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln) 1026 { 1027 ++j; 1028 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2) 1029 break; 1030 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL); 1031 } 1032 } 1033 else 1034 #endif 1035 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline; 1036 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */ 1037 { 1038 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1); 1039 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1040 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */ 1041 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline) 1042 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 1043 - wp->w_old_topfill; 1044 #endif 1045 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */ 1046 { 1047 /* 1048 * Try to insert the correct number of lines. 1049 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom. 1050 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it. 1051 */ 1052 if (i > 0) 1053 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1054 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) 1055 { 1056 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1057 { 1058 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the 1059 * first one that scrolled down. */ 1060 top_end = i; 1061 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 1062 scrolled_down = TRUE; 1063 #endif 1064 1065 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable 1066 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */ 1067 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height) 1068 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 1069 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--) 1070 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j]; 1071 while (idx >= 0) 1072 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE; 1073 } 1074 } 1075 else 1076 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1077 } 1078 else 1079 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1080 } 1081 else 1082 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1083 } 1084 else 1085 { 1086 /* 1087 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up. 1088 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that 1089 * needs updating. 1090 */ 1091 1092 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */ 1093 j = -1; 1094 row = 0; 1095 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++) 1096 { 1097 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1098 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1099 { 1100 j = i; 1101 break; 1102 } 1103 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1104 } 1105 if (j == -1) 1106 { 1107 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all 1108 * lines */ 1109 mid_start = 0; 1110 } 1111 else 1112 { 1113 /* 1114 * Try to delete the correct number of lines. 1115 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum. 1116 */ 1117 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1118 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines, 1119 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */ 1120 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1121 row += wp->w_old_topfill; 1122 else 1123 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline); 1124 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */ 1125 row -= wp->w_topfill; 1126 #endif 1127 if (row > 0) 1128 { 1129 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1130 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) 1131 bot_start = wp->w_height - row; 1132 else 1133 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1134 } 1135 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1136 { 1137 /* 1138 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still 1139 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info 1140 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set 1141 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing. 1142 */ 1143 bot_start = 0; 1144 idx = 0; 1145 for (;;) 1146 { 1147 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j]; 1148 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still 1149 * valid (no lines deleted) */ 1150 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row 1151 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height) 1152 { 1153 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1; 1154 break; 1155 } 1156 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 1157 1158 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1159 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1160 { 1161 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 1162 break; 1163 } 1164 } 1165 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1166 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top 1167 * when it won't get updated below. */ 1168 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0) 1169 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size = 1170 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE) 1171 + wp->w_topfill; 1172 #endif 1173 } 1174 } 1175 } 1176 1177 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When 1178 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen 1179 * first. */ 1180 if (mid_start == 0) 1181 { 1182 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1183 if (lastwin == firstwin) 1184 screenclear(); 1185 } 1186 } 1187 else 1188 { 1189 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */ 1190 mid_start = 0; 1191 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1192 } 1193 1194 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 1195 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */ 1196 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1197 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID)) 1198 { 1199 linenr_T from, to; 1200 1201 if (VIsual_active) 1202 { 1203 if (VIsual_active 1204 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode 1205 || type == INVERTED_ALL)) 1206 { 1207 /* 1208 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole 1209 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is 1210 * gained or lost. 1211 */ 1212 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum) 1213 { 1214 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1215 to = VIsual.lnum; 1216 } 1217 else 1218 { 1219 from = VIsual.lnum; 1220 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1221 } 1222 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */ 1223 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from) 1224 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1225 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to) 1226 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1227 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from) 1228 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1229 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1230 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1231 } 1232 else 1233 { 1234 /* 1235 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines 1236 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor 1237 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed. 1238 */ 1239 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum) 1240 { 1241 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1242 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1243 } 1244 else 1245 { 1246 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1247 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1248 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */ 1249 from = to; 1250 } 1251 1252 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum 1253 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col) 1254 { 1255 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from 1256 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0) 1257 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1258 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1259 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1260 if (VIsual.lnum < from) 1261 from = VIsual.lnum; 1262 if (VIsual.lnum > to) 1263 to = VIsual.lnum; 1264 } 1265 } 1266 1267 /* 1268 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant: 1269 * update all lines. 1270 * First compute the actual start and end column. 1271 */ 1272 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 1273 { 1274 colnr_T fromc, toc; 1275 1276 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc); 1277 ++toc; 1278 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) 1279 toc = MAXCOL; 1280 1281 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol 1282 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol) 1283 { 1284 if (from > VIsual.lnum) 1285 from = VIsual.lnum; 1286 if (to < VIsual.lnum) 1287 to = VIsual.lnum; 1288 } 1289 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc; 1290 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc; 1291 } 1292 } 1293 else 1294 { 1295 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */ 1296 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum) 1297 { 1298 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1299 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1300 } 1301 else 1302 { 1303 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1304 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1305 } 1306 } 1307 1308 /* 1309 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window. 1310 */ 1311 if (from < wp->w_topline) 1312 from = wp->w_topline; 1313 1314 /* 1315 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to 1316 * the lines that are visible in the window. 1317 */ 1318 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE) 1319 { 1320 if (from >= wp->w_botline) 1321 from = wp->w_botline - 1; 1322 if (to >= wp->w_botline) 1323 to = wp->w_botline - 1; 1324 } 1325 1326 /* 1327 * Find the minimal part to be updated. 1328 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid. 1329 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets 1330 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line. 1331 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text 1332 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for 1333 * mid_end (in srow). 1334 */ 1335 if (mid_start > 0) 1336 { 1337 lnum = wp->w_topline; 1338 idx = 0; 1339 srow = 0; 1340 if (scrolled_down) 1341 mid_start = top_end; 1342 else 1343 mid_start = 0; 1344 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */ 1345 { 1346 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1347 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1348 else if (!scrolled_down) 1349 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1350 ++idx; 1351 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1352 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1353 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum; 1354 else 1355 # endif 1356 ++lnum; 1357 } 1358 srow += mid_start; 1359 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1360 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */ 1361 { 1362 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 1363 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1) 1364 { 1365 /* Only update until first row of this line */ 1366 mid_end = srow; 1367 break; 1368 } 1369 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1370 } 1371 } 1372 } 1373 1374 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1375 { 1376 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; 1377 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1378 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum; 1379 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col; 1380 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; 1381 } 1382 else 1383 { 1384 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0; 1385 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0; 1386 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0; 1387 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0; 1388 } 1389 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */ 1390 1391 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1392 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */ 1393 save_got_int = got_int; 1394 got_int = 0; 1395 #endif 1396 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1397 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 1398 #endif 1399 1400 /* 1401 * Update all the window rows. 1402 */ 1403 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1404 row = 0; 1405 srow = 0; 1406 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */ 1407 for (;;) 1408 { 1409 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_ 1410 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */ 1411 if (row == wp->w_height) 1412 { 1413 didline = TRUE; 1414 break; 1415 } 1416 1417 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */ 1418 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 1419 { 1420 eof = TRUE; 1421 break; 1422 } 1423 1424 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt 1425 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */ 1426 srow = row; 1427 1428 /* 1429 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it 1430 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid. 1431 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using 1432 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it. 1433 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will 1434 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is 1435 * the same again, just update until the end of the window. 1436 */ 1437 if (row < top_end 1438 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end) 1439 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1440 || top_to_mod 1441 #endif 1442 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid 1443 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start) 1444 || (mod_top != 0 1445 && (lnum == mod_top 1446 || (lnum >= mod_top 1447 && (lnum < mod_bot 1448 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1449 || did_update == DID_FOLD 1450 || (did_update == DID_LINE 1451 && syntax_present(buf) 1452 && ( 1453 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1454 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp) 1455 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) || 1456 # endif 1457 syntax_check_changed(lnum))) 1458 #endif 1459 ))))) 1460 { 1461 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1462 if (lnum == mod_top) 1463 top_to_mod = FALSE; 1464 #endif 1465 1466 /* 1467 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines 1468 * up or down to minimize redrawing. 1469 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end. 1470 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol is non-zero, keep the "$". 1471 */ 1472 if (lnum == mod_top 1473 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM 1474 && !(dollar_vcol != 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1)) 1475 { 1476 int old_rows = 0; 1477 int new_rows = 0; 1478 int xtra_rows; 1479 linenr_T l; 1480 1481 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which 1482 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are 1483 * currently displayed. */ 1484 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1485 { 1486 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid 1487 * lines are part of the changed area. */ 1488 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1489 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot) 1490 break; 1491 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1492 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1493 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1494 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot) 1495 { 1496 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot. 1497 * Add following invalid entries. */ 1498 ++i; 1499 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid 1500 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 1501 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size; 1502 break; 1503 } 1504 #endif 1505 } 1506 1507 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1508 { 1509 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines, 1510 * need to redraw until the end of the window. 1511 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */ 1512 bot_start = 0; 1513 } 1514 else 1515 { 1516 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window 1517 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */ 1518 j = idx; 1519 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l) 1520 { 1521 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1522 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL)) 1523 ++new_rows; 1524 else 1525 #endif 1526 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1527 if (l == wp->w_topline) 1528 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE) 1529 + wp->w_topfill; 1530 else 1531 #endif 1532 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE); 1533 ++j; 1534 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2) 1535 { 1536 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */ 1537 new_rows = 9999; 1538 break; 1539 } 1540 } 1541 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows; 1542 if (xtra_rows < 0) 1543 { 1544 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough 1545 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the 1546 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text 1547 * below the scrolled text. */ 1548 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 1549 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1550 else 1551 { 1552 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1553 if (win_del_lines(wp, row, 1554 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) 1555 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1556 else 1557 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows; 1558 } 1559 } 1560 else if (xtra_rows > 0) 1561 { 1562 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough 1563 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the 1564 * rest. */ 1565 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 1566 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1567 else 1568 { 1569 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1570 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows, 1571 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) 1572 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1573 else if (top_end > row + old_rows) 1574 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires 1575 * updating down. */ 1576 top_end += xtra_rows; 1577 } 1578 } 1579 1580 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[] 1581 * entries. */ 1582 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j) 1583 { 1584 if (j < i) 1585 { 1586 int x = row + new_rows; 1587 1588 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */ 1589 for (;;) 1590 { 1591 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */ 1592 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1593 { 1594 wp->w_lines_valid = j; 1595 break; 1596 } 1597 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i]; 1598 /* stop at a line that won't fit */ 1599 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size 1600 > wp->w_height) 1601 { 1602 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1; 1603 break; 1604 } 1605 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size; 1606 ++i; 1607 } 1608 if (bot_start > x) 1609 bot_start = x; 1610 } 1611 else /* j > i */ 1612 { 1613 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */ 1614 j -= i; 1615 wp->w_lines_valid += j; 1616 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height) 1617 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 1618 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i) 1619 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j]; 1620 1621 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are 1622 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above. 1623 * Reset to zero. */ 1624 while (i >= idx) 1625 { 1626 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0; 1627 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE; 1628 } 1629 } 1630 } 1631 } 1632 } 1633 1634 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1635 /* 1636 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them. 1637 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when 1638 * 'wrap' is on). 1639 */ 1640 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo); 1641 if (fold_count != 0) 1642 { 1643 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row); 1644 ++row; 1645 --fold_count; 1646 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE; 1647 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count; 1648 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1649 did_update = DID_FOLD; 1650 # endif 1651 } 1652 else 1653 #endif 1654 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid 1655 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 1656 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum 1657 && lnum > wp->w_topline 1658 && !(dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) 1659 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height 1660 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1661 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0 1662 #endif 1663 ) 1664 { 1665 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here, 1666 * will draw "@ " lines below. */ 1667 row = wp->w_height + 1; 1668 } 1669 else 1670 { 1671 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1672 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); 1673 #endif 1674 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1675 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */ 1676 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum 1677 && syntax_present(buf)) 1678 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 1679 #endif 1680 1681 /* 1682 * Display one line. 1683 */ 1684 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height); 1685 1686 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1687 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE; 1688 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum; 1689 #endif 1690 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1691 did_update = DID_LINE; 1692 syntax_last_parsed = lnum; 1693 #endif 1694 } 1695 1696 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum; 1697 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE; 1698 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ 1699 { 1700 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */ 1701 if (dollar_vcol == 0) 1702 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE); 1703 ++idx; 1704 break; 1705 } 1706 if (dollar_vcol == 0) 1707 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow; 1708 ++idx; 1709 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1710 lnum += fold_count + 1; 1711 #else 1712 ++lnum; 1713 #endif 1714 } 1715 else 1716 { 1717 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */ 1718 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 1719 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ 1720 break; 1721 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1722 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1; 1723 #else 1724 ++lnum; 1725 #endif 1726 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1727 did_update = DID_NONE; 1728 #endif 1729 } 1730 1731 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 1732 { 1733 eof = TRUE; 1734 break; 1735 } 1736 } 1737 /* 1738 * End of loop over all window lines. 1739 */ 1740 1741 1742 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid) 1743 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 1744 1745 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1746 /* 1747 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here. 1748 */ 1749 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(buf)) 1750 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 1751 #endif 1752 1753 /* 1754 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last 1755 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit. 1756 */ 1757 wp->w_empty_rows = 0; 1758 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1759 wp->w_filler_rows = 0; 1760 #endif 1761 if (!eof && !didline) 1762 { 1763 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 1764 { 1765 /* 1766 * Single line that does not fit! 1767 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited. 1768 */ 1769 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1; 1770 } 1771 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1772 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow) 1773 { 1774 /* Window ends in filler lines. */ 1775 wp->w_botline = lnum; 1776 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow; 1777 } 1778 #endif 1779 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */ 1780 { 1781 /* 1782 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end. 1783 */ 1784 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1, 1785 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 1786 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 1787 '@', '@', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); 1788 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); 1789 wp->w_botline = lnum; 1790 } 1791 else 1792 { 1793 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 1794 wp->w_botline = lnum; 1795 } 1796 } 1797 else 1798 { 1799 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 1800 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 1801 #endif 1802 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */ 1803 { 1804 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; 1805 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1806 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline); 1807 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill) 1808 { 1809 /* 1810 * Display filler lines at the end of the file 1811 */ 1812 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 1813 i = '-'; 1814 else 1815 i = fill_diff; 1816 if (row + j > wp->w_height) 1817 j = wp->w_height - row; 1818 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED); 1819 row += j; 1820 } 1821 #endif 1822 } 1823 else if (dollar_vcol == 0) 1824 wp->w_botline = lnum; 1825 1826 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */ 1827 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */ 1828 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 1829 } 1830 1831 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */ 1832 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1833 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1834 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 1835 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill; 1836 #endif 1837 1838 if (dollar_vcol == 0) 1839 { 1840 /* 1841 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each 1842 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive 1843 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the 1844 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to 1845 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was 1846 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on 1847 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw 1848 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it 1849 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where 1850 * changes are relevant). 1851 */ 1852 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE; 1853 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive) 1854 { 1855 recursive = TRUE; 1856 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE; 1857 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */ 1858 if (must_redraw != 0) 1859 { 1860 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */ 1861 i = curbuf->b_mod_set; 1862 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; 1863 win_update(curwin); 1864 must_redraw = 0; 1865 curbuf->b_mod_set = i; 1866 } 1867 recursive = FALSE; 1868 } 1869 } 1870 1871 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1872 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */ 1873 if (!got_int) 1874 got_int = save_got_int; 1875 #endif 1876 } 1877 1878 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 1879 static int draw_signcolumn __ARGS((win_T *wp)); 1880 1881 /* 1882 * Return TRUE when window "wp" has a column to draw signs in. 1883 */ 1884 static int 1885 draw_signcolumn(wp) 1886 win_T *wp; 1887 { 1888 return (wp->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL 1889 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 1890 || usingNetbeans 1891 # endif 1892 ); 1893 } 1894 #endif 1895 1896 /* 1897 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2" 1898 * as the filler character. 1899 */ 1900 static void 1901 win_draw_end(wp, c1, c2, row, endrow, hl) 1902 win_T *wp; 1903 int c1; 1904 int c2; 1905 int row; 1906 int endrow; 1907 enum hlf_value hl; 1908 { 1909 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN) 1910 int n = 0; 1911 # define FDC_OFF n 1912 #else 1913 # define FDC_OFF 0 1914 #endif 1915 1916 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1917 if (wp->w_p_rl) 1918 { 1919 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */ 1920 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1921 n = wp->w_p_fdc; 1922 1923 if (n > 0) 1924 { 1925 /* draw the fold column at the right */ 1926 if (n > W_WIDTH(wp)) 1927 n = W_WIDTH(wp); 1928 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 1929 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 1930 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); 1931 } 1932 # endif 1933 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 1934 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) 1935 { 1936 int nn = n + 2; 1937 1938 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */ 1939 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) 1940 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); 1941 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 1942 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, 1943 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); 1944 n = nn; 1945 } 1946 # endif 1947 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 1948 W_WINCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, 1949 c2, c2, hl_attr(hl)); 1950 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 1951 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF, 1952 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); 1953 } 1954 else 1955 #endif 1956 { 1957 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 1958 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 1959 { 1960 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */ 1961 n = 1; 1962 if (n > wp->w_width) 1963 n = wp->w_width; 1964 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 1965 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + n, 1966 cmdwin_type, ' ', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); 1967 } 1968 #endif 1969 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1970 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) 1971 { 1972 int nn = n + wp->w_p_fdc; 1973 1974 /* draw the fold column at the left */ 1975 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) 1976 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); 1977 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 1978 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, 1979 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); 1980 n = nn; 1981 } 1982 #endif 1983 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 1984 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) 1985 { 1986 int nn = n + 2; 1987 1988 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */ 1989 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) 1990 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); 1991 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 1992 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, 1993 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); 1994 n = nn; 1995 } 1996 #endif 1997 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 1998 W_WINCOL(wp) + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 1999 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); 2000 } 2001 set_empty_rows(wp, row); 2002 } 2003 2004 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2005 /* 2006 * Display one folded line. 2007 */ 2008 static void 2009 fold_line(wp, fold_count, foldinfo, lnum, row) 2010 win_T *wp; 2011 long fold_count; 2012 foldinfo_T *foldinfo; 2013 linenr_T lnum; 2014 int row; 2015 { 2016 char_u buf[51]; 2017 pos_T *top, *bot; 2018 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1; 2019 int len; 2020 char_u *text; 2021 int fdc; 2022 int col; 2023 int txtcol; 2024 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 2025 int ri; 2026 2027 /* Build the fold line: 2028 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2029 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2030 * 3. Add the 'number' column 2031 * 4. Compose the text 2032 * 5. Add the text 2033 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text 2034 */ 2035 col = 0; 2036 2037 /* 2038 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2039 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left. 2040 */ 2041 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2042 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 2043 { 2044 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type; 2045 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 2046 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2047 if (enc_utf8) 2048 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 2049 #endif 2050 ++col; 2051 } 2052 #endif 2053 2054 /* 2055 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2056 */ 2057 fdc = wp->w_p_fdc; 2058 if (fdc > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) 2059 fdc = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2060 if (fdc > 0) 2061 { 2062 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum); 2063 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2064 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2065 { 2066 int i; 2067 2068 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - fdc - col, buf, fdc, 2069 hl_attr(HLF_FC)); 2070 /* reverse the fold column */ 2071 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i) 2072 ScreenLines[off + W_WIDTH(wp) - i - 1 - col] = buf[i]; 2073 } 2074 else 2075 #endif 2076 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, hl_attr(HLF_FC)); 2077 col += fdc; 2078 } 2079 2080 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2081 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \ 2082 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2083 ScreenAttrs[off + (W_WIDTH(wp) - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \ 2084 else \ 2085 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2086 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v 2087 #else 2088 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2089 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v 2090 #endif 2091 2092 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' column and the text */ 2093 RL_MEMSET(col, hl_attr(HLF_FL), W_WIDTH(wp) - col); 2094 2095 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2096 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */ 2097 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) 2098 { 2099 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2100 if (len > 0) 2101 { 2102 if (len > 2) 2103 len = 2; 2104 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2105 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2106 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2107 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, 2108 (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); 2109 else 2110 # endif 2111 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); 2112 col += len; 2113 } 2114 } 2115 #endif 2116 2117 /* 2118 * 3. Add the 'number' column 2119 */ 2120 if (wp->w_p_nu) 2121 { 2122 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2123 if (len > 0) 2124 { 2125 int w = number_width(wp); 2126 2127 if (len > w + 1) 2128 len = w + 1; 2129 sprintf((char *)buf, "%*ld ", w, (long)lnum); 2130 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2131 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2132 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2133 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, buf, len, 2134 hl_attr(HLF_FL)); 2135 else 2136 #endif 2137 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); 2138 col += len; 2139 } 2140 } 2141 2142 /* 2143 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set. 2144 */ 2145 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf); 2146 2147 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */ 2148 2149 /* 2150 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold". 2151 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put 2152 * in columns number-col - window-width. 2153 */ 2154 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2155 if (has_mbyte) 2156 { 2157 int cells; 2158 int u8c, u8c_c1, u8c_c2; 2159 int idx; 2160 int c_len; 2161 char_u *p; 2162 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2163 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 2164 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 2165 # endif 2166 2167 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2168 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2169 idx = off; 2170 else 2171 # endif 2172 idx = off + col; 2173 2174 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */ 2175 for (p = text; *p != NUL; ) 2176 { 2177 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p); 2178 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 2179 if (col + cells > W_WIDTH(wp) 2180 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2181 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0) 2182 # endif 2183 ) 2184 break; 2185 ScreenLines[idx] = *p; 2186 if (enc_utf8) 2187 { 2188 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, &u8c_c1, &u8c_c2); 2189 if (*p < 0x80 && u8c_c1 == 0 && u8c_c2 == 0) 2190 { 2191 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0; 2192 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2193 prev_c = u8c; 2194 #endif 2195 } 2196 else 2197 { 2198 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2199 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 2200 { 2201 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 2202 int pc, pc1, nc, dummy; 2203 int firstbyte = *p; 2204 2205 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 2206 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 2207 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2208 { 2209 pc = prev_c; 2210 pc1 = prev_c1; 2211 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len); 2212 prev_c1 = u8c_c1; 2213 } 2214 else 2215 { 2216 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, &pc1, &dummy); 2217 nc = prev_c; 2218 } 2219 prev_c = u8c; 2220 2221 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8c_c1, 2222 pc, pc1, nc); 2223 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte; 2224 } 2225 else 2226 prev_c = u8c; 2227 #endif 2228 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 2229 if (u8c >= 0x10000) 2230 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; 2231 else 2232 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c; 2233 ScreenLinesC1[idx] = u8c_c1; 2234 ScreenLinesC2[idx] = u8c_c2; 2235 } 2236 if (cells > 1) 2237 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0; 2238 } 2239 else if (cells > 1) /* double-byte character */ 2240 { 2241 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e) 2242 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1]; 2243 else 2244 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1]; 2245 } 2246 col += cells; 2247 idx += cells; 2248 p += c_len; 2249 } 2250 } 2251 else 2252 #endif 2253 { 2254 len = (int)STRLEN(text); 2255 if (len > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) 2256 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2257 if (len > 0) 2258 { 2259 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2260 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2261 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len); 2262 else 2263 #endif 2264 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len); 2265 col += len; 2266 } 2267 } 2268 2269 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */ 2270 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2271 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2272 col -= txtcol; 2273 #endif 2274 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp) 2275 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2276 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0) 2277 #endif 2278 ) 2279 { 2280 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2281 if (enc_utf8) 2282 { 2283 if (fill_fold >= 0x80) 2284 { 2285 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold; 2286 ScreenLinesC1[off + col] = 0; 2287 ScreenLinesC2[off + col] = 0; 2288 } 2289 else 2290 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0; 2291 } 2292 #endif 2293 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold; 2294 } 2295 2296 if (text != buf) 2297 vim_free(text); 2298 2299 /* 2300 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text. 2301 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line. 2302 */ 2303 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 2304 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 2305 { 2306 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 2307 { 2308 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 2309 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 2310 bot = &VIsual; 2311 } 2312 else 2313 { 2314 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 2315 top = &VIsual; 2316 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 2317 } 2318 if (lnum >= top->lnum 2319 && lnume <= bot->lnum 2320 && (VIsual_mode != 'v' 2321 || ((lnum > top->lnum 2322 || (lnum == top->lnum 2323 && top->col == 0)) 2324 && (lnume < bot->lnum 2325 || (lnume == bot->lnum 2326 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e')) 2327 >= STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE))))))) 2328 { 2329 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 2330 { 2331 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */ 2332 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) 2333 { 2334 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) 2335 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 2336 else 2337 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol; 2338 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), 2339 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol); 2340 } 2341 } 2342 else 2343 { 2344 /* Set all attributes of the text */ 2345 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol); 2346 } 2347 } 2348 } 2349 #endif 2350 2351 2352 SCREEN_LINE(row + W_WINROW(wp), W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WIDTH(wp), 2353 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), FALSE); 2354 2355 /* 2356 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 2357 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 2358 */ 2359 if (wp == curwin 2360 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 2361 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 2362 { 2363 curwin->w_cline_row = row; 2364 curwin->w_cline_height = 1; 2365 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE; 2366 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 2367 } 2368 } 2369 2370 /* 2371 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr". 2372 */ 2373 static void 2374 copy_text_attr(off, buf, len, attr) 2375 int off; 2376 char_u *buf; 2377 int len; 2378 int attr; 2379 { 2380 int i; 2381 2382 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len); 2383 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2384 if (enc_utf8) 2385 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len); 2386 # endif 2387 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) 2388 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr; 2389 } 2390 2391 /* 2392 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp". 2393 */ 2394 static void 2395 fill_foldcolumn(p, wp, closed, lnum) 2396 char_u *p; 2397 win_T *wp; 2398 int closed; /* TRUE of FALSE */ 2399 linenr_T lnum; /* current line number */ 2400 { 2401 int i = 0; 2402 int level; 2403 int first_level; 2404 int empty; 2405 2406 /* Init to all spaces. */ 2407 copy_spaces(p, (size_t)wp->w_p_fdc); 2408 2409 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level; 2410 if (level > 0) 2411 { 2412 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */ 2413 empty = (wp->w_p_fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1; 2414 2415 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that 2416 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */ 2417 first_level = level - wp->w_p_fdc - closed + 1 + empty; 2418 if (first_level < 1) 2419 first_level = 1; 2420 2421 for (i = 0; i + empty < wp->w_p_fdc; ++i) 2422 { 2423 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum 2424 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level) 2425 p[i] = '-'; 2426 else if (first_level == 1) 2427 p[i] = '|'; 2428 else if (first_level + i <= 9) 2429 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i; 2430 else 2431 p[i] = '>'; 2432 if (first_level + i == level) 2433 break; 2434 } 2435 } 2436 if (closed) 2437 p[i] = '+'; 2438 } 2439 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */ 2440 2441 /* 2442 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen. 2443 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached. 2444 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid. 2445 * 2446 * Return the number of last row the line occupies. 2447 */ 2448 static int 2449 win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow) 2450 win_T *wp; 2451 linenr_T lnum; 2452 int startrow; 2453 int endrow; 2454 { 2455 int col; /* visual column on screen */ 2456 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */ 2457 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */ 2458 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */ 2459 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */ 2460 char_u *line; /* current line */ 2461 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */ 2462 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */ 2463 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */ 2464 2465 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */ 2466 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */ 2467 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars */ 2468 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */ 2469 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */ 2470 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when 2471 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */ 2472 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */ 2473 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */ 2474 2475 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */ 2476 int saved_n_extra = 0; 2477 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL; 2478 int saved_c_extra = 0; 2479 int saved_char_attr = 0; 2480 2481 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */ 2482 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */ 2483 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */ 2484 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */ 2485 2486 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */ 2487 2488 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */ 2489 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */ 2490 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */ 2491 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 2492 pos_T *top, *bot; 2493 #endif 2494 pos_T pos; 2495 long v; 2496 2497 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */ 2498 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting 2499 in this line */ 2500 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */ 2501 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */ 2502 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */ 2503 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2504 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */ 2505 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */ 2506 int save_did_emsg; 2507 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */ 2508 # define SPWORDLEN 150 2509 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */ 2510 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */ 2511 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line 2512 starts */ 2513 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */ 2514 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */ 2515 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */ 2516 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which 2517 * there are no spell errors */ 2518 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */ 2519 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */ 2520 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */ 2521 #endif 2522 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */ 2523 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2524 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */ 2525 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */ 2526 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */ 2527 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */ 2528 int u8c_c1 = 0; /* first composing UTF-8 char */ 2529 int u8c_c2 = 0; /* second composing UTF-8 char */ 2530 #endif 2531 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2532 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */ 2533 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */ 2534 enum hlf_value diff_hlf = (enum hlf_value)0; /* type of diff highlighting */ 2535 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */ 2536 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */ 2537 #endif 2538 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */ 2539 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 2540 int need_showbreak = FALSE; 2541 #endif 2542 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || (defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) 2543 # define LINE_ATTR 2544 int line_attr = 0; /* atrribute for the whole line */ 2545 #endif 2546 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 2547 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or match_hl */ 2548 #endif 2549 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2550 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 2551 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 2552 #endif 2553 2554 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */ 2555 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */ 2556 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2557 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */ 2558 #else 2559 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START 2560 #endif 2561 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2562 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */ 2563 #else 2564 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE 2565 #endif 2566 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2567 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */ 2568 #else 2569 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */ 2570 #endif 2571 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */ 2572 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 2573 # define WL_SBR WL_NR + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */ 2574 #else 2575 # define WL_SBR WL_NR 2576 #endif 2577 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */ 2578 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */ 2579 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(FEAT_GUI_KDE)) 2580 int feedback_col = 0; 2581 int feedback_old_attr = -1; 2582 #endif 2583 2584 2585 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */ 2586 return startrow; 2587 2588 row = startrow; 2589 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp); 2590 2591 /* 2592 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak, 2593 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done. 2594 */ 2595 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 2596 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr; 2597 #else 2598 extra_check = 0; 2599 #endif 2600 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2601 if (syntax_present(wp->w_buffer) && !wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error) 2602 { 2603 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an 2604 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */ 2605 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 2606 did_emsg = FALSE; 2607 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 2608 if (did_emsg) 2609 wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error = TRUE; 2610 else 2611 { 2612 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 2613 has_syntax = TRUE; 2614 extra_check = TRUE; 2615 } 2616 } 2617 2618 if (wp->w_p_spell 2619 && *wp->w_buffer->b_p_spl != NUL 2620 && wp->w_buffer->b_langp.ga_len > 0 2621 && *(char **)(wp->w_buffer->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL) 2622 { 2623 /* Prepare for spell checking. */ 2624 has_spell = TRUE; 2625 extra_check = TRUE; 2626 2627 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next 2628 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.". 2629 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */ 2630 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL; 2631 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 2632 { 2633 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE); 2634 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN); 2635 } 2636 2637 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current 2638 * line is valid. */ 2639 if (lnum == checked_lnum) 2640 cur_checked_col = checked_col; 2641 checked_lnum = 0; 2642 2643 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a 2644 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check 2645 * the first word. */ 2646 if (lnum != capcol_lnum) 2647 cap_col = -1; 2648 if (lnum == 1) 2649 cap_col = 0; 2650 capcol_lnum = 0; 2651 } 2652 #endif 2653 2654 /* 2655 * handle visual active in this window 2656 */ 2657 fromcol = -10; 2658 tocol = MAXCOL; 2659 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 2660 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 2661 { 2662 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 2663 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 2664 { 2665 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 2666 bot = &VIsual; 2667 } 2668 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 2669 { 2670 top = &VIsual; 2671 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 2672 } 2673 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */ 2674 { 2675 if (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) 2676 { 2677 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol; 2678 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 2679 } 2680 } 2681 else /* non-block mode */ 2682 { 2683 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) 2684 fromcol = 0; 2685 else if (lnum == top->lnum) 2686 { 2687 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */ 2688 fromcol = 0; 2689 else 2690 { 2691 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 2692 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL) 2693 tocol = fromcol + 1; 2694 } 2695 } 2696 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum) 2697 { 2698 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0 2699 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 2700 && bot->coladd == 0 2701 #endif 2702 ) 2703 { 2704 fromcol = -10; 2705 tocol = MAXCOL; 2706 } 2707 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL) 2708 tocol = MAXCOL; 2709 else 2710 { 2711 pos = *bot; 2712 if (*p_sel == 'e') 2713 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 2714 else 2715 { 2716 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol); 2717 ++tocol; 2718 } 2719 } 2720 } 2721 } 2722 2723 #ifndef MSDOS 2724 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */ 2725 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin 2726 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 2727 && !gui.in_use 2728 # endif 2729 ) 2730 noinvcur = TRUE; 2731 #endif 2732 2733 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */ 2734 if (fromcol >= 0) 2735 { 2736 area_highlighting = TRUE; 2737 attr = hl_attr(HLF_V); 2738 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) 2739 if (clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned && clip_isautosel()) 2740 attr = hl_attr(HLF_VNC); 2741 #endif 2742 } 2743 } 2744 2745 /* 2746 * handle 'insearch' and ":s///c" highlighting 2747 */ 2748 else 2749 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */ 2750 if (highlight_match 2751 && wp == curwin 2752 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 2753 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 2754 { 2755 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 2756 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), 2757 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 2758 else 2759 fromcol = 0; 2760 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 2761 { 2762 pos.lnum = lnum; 2763 pos.col = search_match_endcol; 2764 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 2765 } 2766 else 2767 tocol = MAXCOL; 2768 if (fromcol == tocol) /* do at least one character */ 2769 tocol = fromcol + 1; /* happens when past end of line */ 2770 area_highlighting = TRUE; 2771 attr = hl_attr(HLF_I); 2772 } 2773 2774 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2775 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum); 2776 if (filler_lines < 0) 2777 { 2778 if (filler_lines == -1) 2779 { 2780 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end)) 2781 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 2782 else if (change_start == 0) 2783 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 2784 else 2785 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 2786 } 2787 else 2788 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 2789 filler_lines = 0; 2790 area_highlighting = TRUE; 2791 } 2792 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 2793 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill; 2794 filler_todo = filler_lines; 2795 #endif 2796 2797 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 2798 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2799 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */ 2800 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL); 2801 if (v != 0) 2802 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE); 2803 # endif 2804 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 2805 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */ 2806 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry() == lnum) 2807 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); 2808 # endif 2809 if (line_attr != 0) 2810 area_highlighting = TRUE; 2811 #endif 2812 2813 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 2814 ptr = line; 2815 2816 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2817 if (has_spell) 2818 { 2819 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */ 2820 if (cap_col == 0) 2821 cap_col = skipwhite(line) - line; 2822 2823 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the 2824 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was 2825 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */ 2826 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL) 2827 { 2828 /* No next line or it is empty. */ 2829 nextlinecol = MAXCOL; 2830 nextline_idx = 0; 2831 } 2832 else 2833 { 2834 v = STRLEN(line); 2835 if (v < SPWORDLEN) 2836 { 2837 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the 2838 * next line. */ 2839 nextlinecol = 0; 2840 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v); 2841 mch_memmove(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN, 2842 STRLEN(nextline + SPWORDLEN) + 1); 2843 nextline_idx = v + 1; 2844 } 2845 else 2846 { 2847 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */ 2848 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN; 2849 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN); 2850 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1; 2851 } 2852 } 2853 } 2854 #endif 2855 2856 /* find start of trailing whitespace */ 2857 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_trail) 2858 { 2859 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr); 2860 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[trailcol - 1])) 2861 --trailcol; 2862 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line); 2863 extra_check = TRUE; 2864 } 2865 2866 /* 2867 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the 2868 * first character to be displayed. 2869 */ 2870 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2871 v = wp->w_skipcol; 2872 else 2873 v = wp->w_leftcol; 2874 if (v > 0) 2875 { 2876 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2877 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr; 2878 #endif 2879 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL) 2880 { 2881 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL); 2882 vcol += c; 2883 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2884 prev_ptr = ptr; 2885 #endif 2886 mb_ptr_adv(ptr); 2887 } 2888 2889 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 2890 /* When 'virtualedit' is set the end of the line may be before the 2891 * start of the displayed part. */ 2892 if (vcol < v && *ptr == NUL && virtual_active()) 2893 vcol = v; 2894 #endif 2895 2896 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at 2897 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */ 2898 if (vcol > v) 2899 { 2900 vcol -= c; 2901 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2902 ptr = prev_ptr; 2903 #else 2904 --ptr; 2905 #endif 2906 n_skip = v - vcol; 2907 } 2908 2909 /* 2910 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen, 2911 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen. 2912 */ 2913 if (tocol <= vcol) 2914 fromcol = 0; 2915 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol) 2916 fromcol = vcol; 2917 2918 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 2919 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */ 2920 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2921 need_showbreak = TRUE; 2922 #endif 2923 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2924 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the 2925 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */ 2926 if (has_spell) 2927 { 2928 int len; 2929 2930 pos = wp->w_cursor; 2931 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 2932 wp->w_cursor.col = ptr - line; 2933 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_attr); 2934 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line) 2935 { 2936 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a 2937 * word */ 2938 spell_attr = 0; 2939 word_end = spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp->w_buffer) - line + 1; 2940 } 2941 else 2942 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */ 2943 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1; 2944 2945 wp->w_cursor = pos; 2946 2947 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */ 2948 if (has_syntax) 2949 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 2950 } 2951 #endif 2952 } 2953 2954 /* 2955 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled. 2956 * Avoids having to check this for each character. 2957 */ 2958 if (fromcol >= 0) 2959 { 2960 if (noinvcur) 2961 { 2962 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol) 2963 { 2964 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the 2965 * cursor */ 2966 fromcol_prev = fromcol; 2967 fromcol = -1; 2968 } 2969 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol) 2970 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */ 2971 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol; 2972 } 2973 if (fromcol >= tocol) 2974 fromcol = -1; 2975 } 2976 2977 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 2978 /* 2979 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern. 2980 * Do this for both search_hl and match_hl. 2981 */ 2982 shl = &search_hl; 2983 for (;;) 2984 { 2985 shl->startcol = MAXCOL; 2986 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 2987 shl->attr_cur = 0; 2988 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) 2989 { 2990 v = (long)(ptr - line); 2991 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v); 2992 2993 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it 2994 * invalid. */ 2995 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 2996 ptr = line + v; 2997 2998 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum) 2999 { 3000 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 3001 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 3002 else 3003 shl->startcol = 0; 3004 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum 3005 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum) 3006 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 3007 else 3008 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3009 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */ 3010 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) 3011 { 3012 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3013 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL) 3014 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol); 3015 else 3016 #endif 3017 ++shl->endcol; 3018 } 3019 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */ 3020 { 3021 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; 3022 search_attr = shl->attr; 3023 } 3024 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3025 } 3026 } 3027 if (shl == &match_hl) 3028 break; 3029 shl = &match_hl; 3030 } 3031 #endif 3032 3033 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 3034 col = 0; 3035 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3036 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3037 { 3038 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put 3039 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the 3040 * rightmost column of the window. */ 3041 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; 3042 off += col; 3043 } 3044 #endif 3045 3046 /* 3047 * Repeat for the whole displayed line. 3048 */ 3049 for (;;) 3050 { 3051 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */ 3052 if (draw_state != WL_LINE) 3053 { 3054 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3055 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3056 { 3057 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE; 3058 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 3059 { 3060 /* Draw the cmdline character. */ 3061 *extra = cmdwin_type; 3062 n_extra = 1; 3063 p_extra = extra; 3064 c_extra = NUL; 3065 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 3066 } 3067 } 3068 #endif 3069 3070 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3071 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3072 { 3073 draw_state = WL_FOLD; 3074 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) 3075 { 3076 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. */ 3077 fill_foldcolumn(extra, wp, FALSE, lnum); 3078 n_extra = wp->w_p_fdc; 3079 p_extra = extra; 3080 c_extra = NUL; 3081 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_FC); 3082 } 3083 } 3084 #endif 3085 3086 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3087 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3088 { 3089 draw_state = WL_SIGN; 3090 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this 3091 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */ 3092 if (draw_signcolumn(wp) 3093 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3094 && filler_todo <= 0 3095 # endif 3096 ) 3097 { 3098 int_u text_sign; 3099 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3100 int_u icon_sign; 3101 # endif 3102 3103 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */ 3104 c_extra = ' '; 3105 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_SC); 3106 n_extra = 2; 3107 3108 if (row == startrow) 3109 { 3110 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3111 SIGN_TEXT); 3112 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3113 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3114 SIGN_ICON); 3115 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0) 3116 { 3117 /* Use the image in this position. */ 3118 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE; 3119 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 3120 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1) 3121 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE; 3122 # endif 3123 char_attr = icon_sign; 3124 } 3125 else 3126 # endif 3127 if (text_sign != 0) 3128 { 3129 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign); 3130 if (p_extra != NULL) 3131 { 3132 c_extra = NUL; 3133 n_extra = STRLEN(p_extra); 3134 } 3135 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE); 3136 } 3137 } 3138 } 3139 } 3140 #endif 3141 3142 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3143 { 3144 draw_state = WL_NR; 3145 /* Display the line number. After the first fill with blanks 3146 * when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */ 3147 if (wp->w_p_nu 3148 && (row == startrow 3149 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3150 + filler_lines 3151 #endif 3152 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL)) 3153 { 3154 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */ 3155 if (row == startrow 3156 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3157 + filler_lines 3158 #endif 3159 ) 3160 { 3161 sprintf((char *)extra, "%*ld ", 3162 number_width(wp), (long)lnum); 3163 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0) 3164 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra) 3165 *p_extra = '-'; 3166 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3167 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */ 3168 rl_mirror(extra); 3169 #endif 3170 p_extra = extra; 3171 c_extra = NUL; 3172 } 3173 else 3174 c_extra = ' '; 3175 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1; 3176 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_N); 3177 } 3178 } 3179 3180 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3181 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3182 { 3183 draw_state = WL_SBR; 3184 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3185 if (filler_todo > 0) 3186 { 3187 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */ 3188 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 3189 c_extra = '-'; 3190 else 3191 c_extra = fill_diff; 3192 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3193 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3194 n_extra = col + 1; 3195 else 3196 # endif 3197 n_extra = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 3198 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_DED); 3199 } 3200 # endif 3201 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3202 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak) 3203 { 3204 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */ 3205 p_extra = p_sbr; 3206 c_extra = NUL; 3207 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr); 3208 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 3209 need_showbreak = FALSE; 3210 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak', 3211 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ 3212 if (tocol == vcol) 3213 tocol += n_extra; 3214 } 3215 # endif 3216 } 3217 #endif 3218 3219 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3220 { 3221 draw_state = WL_LINE; 3222 if (saved_n_extra) 3223 { 3224 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */ 3225 n_extra = saved_n_extra; 3226 c_extra = saved_c_extra; 3227 p_extra = saved_p_extra; 3228 char_attr = saved_char_attr; 3229 } 3230 else 3231 char_attr = 0; 3232 } 3233 } 3234 3235 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */ 3236 if (dollar_vcol != 0 && wp == curwin && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol 3237 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3238 && filler_todo <= 0 3239 #endif 3240 ) 3241 { 3242 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, -(int)W_WIDTH(wp), 3243 wp->w_p_rl); 3244 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. */ 3245 row = wp->w_height; 3246 break; 3247 } 3248 3249 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting) 3250 { 3251 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */ 3252 if (vcol == fromcol 3253 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3254 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0 3255 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1) 3256 #endif 3257 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev 3258 && vcol < tocol)) 3259 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */ 3260 else if (area_attr != 0 3261 && (vcol == tocol 3262 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 3263 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 3264 area_attr = line_attr; /* stop highlighting */ 3265 else if (line_attr && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL) 3266 || (vcol < fromcol || vcol > tocol))) 3267 area_attr = line_attr; 3268 #else 3269 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */ 3270 #endif 3271 3272 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 3273 if (!n_extra) 3274 { 3275 /* 3276 * Check for start/end of search pattern match. 3277 * After end, check for start/end of next match. 3278 * When another match, have to check for start again. 3279 * Watch out for matching an empty string! 3280 * Do this first for search_hl, then for match_hl, so that 3281 * ":match" overrules 'hlsearch'. 3282 */ 3283 v = (long)(ptr - line); 3284 shl = &search_hl; 3285 for (;;) 3286 { 3287 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) 3288 { 3289 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL 3290 && v >= (long)shl->startcol 3291 && v < (long)shl->endcol) 3292 { 3293 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; 3294 } 3295 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol) 3296 { 3297 shl->attr_cur = 0; 3298 3299 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v); 3300 3301 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp 3302 * may have made it invalid. */ 3303 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3304 ptr = line + v; 3305 3306 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 3307 { 3308 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 3309 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0) 3310 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 3311 else 3312 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3313 3314 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) 3315 { 3316 /* highlight empty match, try again after 3317 * it */ 3318 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3319 if (has_mbyte) 3320 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line 3321 + shl->endcol); 3322 else 3323 #endif 3324 ++shl->endcol; 3325 } 3326 3327 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the 3328 * current position */ 3329 continue; 3330 } 3331 } 3332 break; 3333 } 3334 if (shl == &match_hl) 3335 break; 3336 shl = &match_hl; 3337 } 3338 /* ":match" highlighting overrules 'hlsearch' */ 3339 if (match_hl.attr_cur != 0) 3340 search_attr = match_hl.attr_cur; 3341 else 3342 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur; 3343 } 3344 #endif 3345 3346 if (area_attr != 0) 3347 char_attr = area_attr; 3348 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3349 else if (search_attr == 0 && has_syntax) 3350 char_attr = syntax_attr; 3351 #endif 3352 else 3353 char_attr = search_attr; 3354 3355 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3356 if (diff_hlf != (enum hlf_value)0 && n_extra == 0) 3357 { 3358 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start) 3359 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 3360 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end) 3361 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 3362 if (attr == 0 || area_attr != attr) 3363 area_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); 3364 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr) 3365 { 3366 if (search_attr != 0) 3367 char_attr = search_attr; 3368 else 3369 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); 3370 } 3371 } 3372 #endif 3373 } 3374 3375 /* 3376 * Get the next character to put on the screen. 3377 */ 3378 /* 3379 * The 'extra' array contains the extra stuff that is inserted to 3380 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff). When all 3381 * characters are the same, c_extra is used. 3382 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "". 3383 */ 3384 if (n_extra > 0) 3385 { 3386 if (c_extra != NUL) 3387 { 3388 c = c_extra; 3389 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3390 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */ 3391 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 3392 { 3393 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 3394 u8c_c1 = u8c_c2 = 0; 3395 } 3396 else 3397 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3398 #endif 3399 } 3400 else 3401 { 3402 c = *p_extra; 3403 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3404 if (has_mbyte) 3405 { 3406 mb_c = c; 3407 if (enc_utf8) 3408 { 3409 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: 3410 * Decode it into "mb_c". */ 3411 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p_extra); 3412 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3413 if (mb_l > n_extra) 3414 mb_l = 1; 3415 else if (mb_l > 1) 3416 { 3417 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, &u8c_c1, &u8c_c2); 3418 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 3419 } 3420 } 3421 else 3422 { 3423 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */ 3424 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 3425 if (mb_l >= n_extra) 3426 mb_l = 1; 3427 else if (mb_l > 1) 3428 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1]; 3429 } 3430 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 3431 mb_l = 1; 3432 3433 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 3434 * last column. */ 3435 if (( 3436 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3437 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 3438 # endif 3439 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) 3440 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 3441 { 3442 c = '>'; 3443 mb_c = c; 3444 mb_l = 1; 3445 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3446 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 3447 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width 3448 * character at the start of the next line. */ 3449 ++n_extra; 3450 --p_extra; 3451 } 3452 else 3453 { 3454 n_extra -= mb_l - 1; 3455 p_extra += mb_l - 1; 3456 } 3457 } 3458 #endif 3459 ++p_extra; 3460 } 3461 --n_extra; 3462 } 3463 else 3464 { 3465 /* 3466 * Get a character from the line itself. 3467 */ 3468 c = *ptr; 3469 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3470 if (has_mbyte) 3471 { 3472 mb_c = c; 3473 if (enc_utf8) 3474 { 3475 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it 3476 * into "mb_c". */ 3477 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 3478 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3479 if (mb_l > 1) 3480 { 3481 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, &u8c_c1, &u8c_c2); 3482 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char 3483 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */ 3484 if (mb_c < 0x80) 3485 c = mb_c; 3486 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 3487 3488 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char. 3489 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */ 3490 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c)) 3491 { 3492 u8c_c2 = u8c_c1; 3493 u8c_c1 = mb_c; 3494 mb_c = ' '; 3495 } 3496 } 3497 3498 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80) 3499 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0) 3500 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c) 3501 || mb_c >= 0x10000))) 3502 { 3503 /* 3504 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>. 3505 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?. 3506 */ 3507 if (mb_c < 0x10000) 3508 { 3509 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c); 3510 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3511 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */ 3512 rl_mirror(extra); 3513 #endif 3514 } 3515 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2) 3516 STRCPY(extra, "?"); 3517 else 3518 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */ 3519 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237"); 3520 3521 p_extra = extra; 3522 c = *p_extra; 3523 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra); 3524 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80); 3525 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); 3526 c_extra = NUL; 3527 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3528 { 3529 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 3530 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 3531 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 3532 } 3533 } 3534 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 3535 mb_l = 1; 3536 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 3537 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c)) 3538 { 3539 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 3540 int pc, pc1, nc, dummy; 3541 3542 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 3543 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 3544 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3545 { 3546 pc = prev_c; 3547 pc1 = prev_c1; 3548 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l); 3549 prev_c1 = u8c_c1; 3550 } 3551 else 3552 { 3553 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, &pc1, &dummy); 3554 nc = prev_c; 3555 } 3556 prev_c = mb_c; 3557 3558 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8c_c1, pc, pc1, nc); 3559 } 3560 else 3561 prev_c = mb_c; 3562 #endif 3563 } 3564 else /* enc_dbcs */ 3565 { 3566 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 3567 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 3568 mb_l = 1; 3569 else if (mb_l > 1) 3570 { 3571 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal. 3572 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings! 3573 */ 3574 if (ptr[1] >= 32) 3575 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1]; 3576 else 3577 { 3578 if (ptr[1] == NUL) 3579 { 3580 /* head byte at end of line */ 3581 mb_l = 1; 3582 transchar_nonprint(extra, c); 3583 } 3584 else 3585 { 3586 /* illegal tail byte */ 3587 mb_l = 2; 3588 STRCPY(extra, "XX"); 3589 } 3590 p_extra = extra; 3591 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1; 3592 c_extra = NUL; 3593 c = *p_extra++; 3594 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3595 { 3596 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 3597 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 3598 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 3599 } 3600 mb_c = c; 3601 } 3602 } 3603 } 3604 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 3605 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the 3606 * next line. */ 3607 if (( 3608 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3609 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 3610 # endif 3611 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) 3612 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 3613 { 3614 c = '>'; 3615 mb_c = c; 3616 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3617 mb_l = 1; 3618 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 3619 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be 3620 * displayed at the start of the next line. */ 3621 --ptr; 3622 } 3623 else if (*ptr != NUL) 3624 ptr += mb_l - 1; 3625 3626 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display 3627 * a '<' in the first column. */ 3628 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1) 3629 { 3630 extra[0] = '<'; 3631 p_extra = extra; 3632 n_extra = 1; 3633 c_extra = NUL; 3634 c = ' '; 3635 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3636 { 3637 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 3638 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 3639 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 3640 } 3641 mb_c = c; 3642 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3643 mb_l = 1; 3644 } 3645 3646 } 3647 #endif 3648 ++ptr; 3649 3650 /* 'list' : change char 160 to lcs_nbsp. */ 3651 if (wp->w_p_list && c == 160 && lcs_nbsp) 3652 { 3653 c = lcs_nbsp; 3654 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3655 { 3656 n_attr = 1; 3657 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 3658 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 3659 } 3660 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3661 mb_c = c; 3662 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 3663 { 3664 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 3665 u8c_c1 = u8c_c2 = 0; 3666 } 3667 else 3668 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3669 #endif 3670 } 3671 3672 if (extra_check) 3673 { 3674 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3675 int can_spell = TRUE; 3676 3677 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line 3678 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */ 3679 v = (long)(ptr - line); 3680 if (has_syntax && v > 0) 3681 { 3682 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there 3683 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */ 3684 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 3685 did_emsg = FALSE; 3686 3687 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1, 3688 has_spell ? &can_spell : NULL); 3689 3690 if (did_emsg) 3691 { 3692 wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error = TRUE; 3693 has_syntax = FALSE; 3694 } 3695 else 3696 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 3697 3698 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may 3699 * have made it invalid. */ 3700 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3701 ptr = line + v; 3702 3703 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3704 char_attr = syntax_attr; 3705 else 3706 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); 3707 } 3708 3709 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line). 3710 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the 3711 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item 3712 * contains the @Spell cluster. */ 3713 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col) 3714 { 3715 spell_attr = 0; 3716 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3717 char_attr = syntax_attr; 3718 if (c != 0 && (!has_syntax || can_spell)) 3719 { 3720 char_u *prev_ptr, *p; 3721 int len; 3722 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3723 if (has_mbyte) 3724 { 3725 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l; 3726 v -= mb_l - 1; 3727 } 3728 else 3729 # endif 3730 prev_ptr = ptr - 1; 3731 3732 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the 3733 * next line concatenated. */ 3734 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0) 3735 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol; 3736 else 3737 p = prev_ptr; 3738 cap_col -= (prev_ptr - line); 3739 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_attr, &cap_col); 3740 word_end = v + len; 3741 3742 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that 3743 * doesn't touch the cursor. */ 3744 if (spell_attr != 0 3745 && (State & INSERT) != 0 3746 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum 3747 && wp->w_cursor.col >= 3748 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line) 3749 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end) 3750 { 3751 spell_attr = 0; 3752 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum; 3753 } 3754 3755 if (spell_attr == 0 && p != prev_ptr 3756 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx) 3757 { 3758 /* Remember that the good word continues at the 3759 * start of the next line. */ 3760 checked_lnum = lnum + 1; 3761 checked_col = (p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx; 3762 } 3763 3764 if (cap_col > 0) 3765 { 3766 if (p != prev_ptr 3767 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx) 3768 { 3769 /* Remember that the word in the next line 3770 * must start with a capital. */ 3771 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 3772 cap_col = (p - nextline) + cap_col 3773 - nextline_idx; 3774 } 3775 else 3776 /* Compute the actual column. */ 3777 cap_col += (prev_ptr - line); 3778 } 3779 } 3780 } 3781 if (spell_attr != 0) 3782 { 3783 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3784 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr); 3785 else 3786 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr); 3787 } 3788 #endif 3789 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3790 /* 3791 * Found last space before word: check for line break. 3792 */ 3793 if (wp->w_p_lbr && vim_isbreak(c) && !vim_isbreak(*ptr) 3794 && !wp->w_p_list) 3795 { 3796 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr - ( 3797 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3798 has_mbyte ? mb_l : 3799 # endif 3800 1), (colnr_T)vcol, NULL) - 1; 3801 c_extra = ' '; 3802 if (vim_iswhite(c)) 3803 c = ' '; 3804 } 3805 #endif 3806 3807 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ') 3808 { 3809 c = lcs_trail; 3810 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3811 { 3812 n_attr = 1; 3813 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 3814 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 3815 } 3816 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3817 mb_c = c; 3818 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 3819 { 3820 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 3821 u8c_c1 = u8c_c2 = 0; 3822 } 3823 else 3824 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3825 #endif 3826 } 3827 } 3828 3829 /* 3830 * Handling of non-printable characters. 3831 */ 3832 if (!(chartab[c] & CT_PRINT_CHAR)) 3833 { 3834 /* 3835 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to 3836 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it 3837 * into "ScreenLines". 3838 */ 3839 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) 3840 { 3841 /* tab amount depends on current column */ 3842 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts 3843 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; 3844 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3845 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 3846 #endif 3847 if (wp->w_p_list) 3848 { 3849 c = lcs_tab1; 3850 c_extra = lcs_tab2; 3851 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 3852 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 3853 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 3854 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3855 mb_c = c; 3856 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 3857 { 3858 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 3859 u8c_c1 = u8c_c2 = 0; 3860 } 3861 #endif 3862 } 3863 else 3864 { 3865 c_extra = ' '; 3866 c = ' '; 3867 } 3868 } 3869 else if (c == NUL 3870 && ((wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0) 3871 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0) 3872 && tocol > vcol 3873 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 3874 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V 3875 #endif 3876 && ( 3877 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3878 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 3879 # endif 3880 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))) 3881 && !(noinvcur 3882 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 3883 && lcs_eol_one >= 0) 3884 { 3885 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra 3886 * character if the line break is included. */ 3887 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR) 3888 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the 3889 * "$". */ 3890 if ( 3891 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3892 diff_hlf == (enum hlf_value)0 3893 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 3894 && 3895 # endif 3896 # endif 3897 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 3898 line_attr == 0 3899 # endif 3900 ) 3901 #endif 3902 { 3903 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 3904 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend 3905 * beyond end of line. */ 3906 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active() 3907 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol) 3908 n_extra = 0; 3909 else 3910 #endif 3911 { 3912 p_extra = at_end_str; 3913 n_extra = 1; 3914 c_extra = NUL; 3915 } 3916 } 3917 if (wp->w_p_list) 3918 c = lcs_eol; 3919 else 3920 c = ' '; 3921 lcs_eol_one = -1; 3922 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 3923 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3924 { 3925 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 3926 n_attr = 1; 3927 } 3928 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3929 mb_c = c; 3930 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 3931 { 3932 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 3933 u8c_c1 = u8c_c2 = 0; 3934 } 3935 else 3936 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 3937 #endif 3938 } 3939 else if (c != NUL) 3940 { 3941 p_extra = transchar(c); 3942 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3943 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl) 3944 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */ 3945 #endif 3946 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; 3947 c_extra = NUL; 3948 c = *p_extra++; 3949 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3950 { 3951 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 3952 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 3953 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 3954 } 3955 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3956 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 3957 #endif 3958 } 3959 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 3960 else if (VIsual_active 3961 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V 3962 || VIsual_mode == 'v') 3963 && virtual_active() 3964 && tocol != MAXCOL 3965 && vcol < tocol 3966 && ( 3967 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3968 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 3969 # endif 3970 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))) 3971 { 3972 c = ' '; 3973 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 3974 } 3975 #endif 3976 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR) 3977 else if (( 3978 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3979 diff_hlf != (enum hlf_value)0 3980 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 3981 || 3982 # endif 3983 # endif 3984 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 3985 line_attr != 0 3986 # endif 3987 ) && ( 3988 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3989 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 3990 # endif 3991 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))) 3992 { 3993 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */ 3994 c = ' '; 3995 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 3996 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3997 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD) 3998 { 3999 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; 4000 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr) 4001 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); 4002 } 4003 # endif 4004 } 4005 #endif 4006 } 4007 } 4008 4009 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */ 4010 if (n_attr > 0 4011 && draw_state == WL_LINE 4012 && (area_attr == 0 || char_attr != area_attr) 4013 && (search_attr == 0 || char_attr != search_attr)) 4014 char_attr = extra_attr; 4015 4016 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 4017 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send 4018 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use 4019 * im_is_preediting() here. */ 4020 if (xic != NULL 4021 && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum 4022 && (State & INSERT) 4023 && !p_imdisable 4024 && im_is_preediting() 4025 && draw_state == WL_LINE) 4026 { 4027 colnr_T tcol; 4028 4029 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL) 4030 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL); 4031 else 4032 tcol = preedit_end_col; 4033 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol) 4034 { 4035 if (feedback_old_attr < 0) 4036 { 4037 feedback_col = 0; 4038 feedback_old_attr = char_attr; 4039 } 4040 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col); 4041 if (char_attr < 0) 4042 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 4043 feedback_col++; 4044 } 4045 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0) 4046 { 4047 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 4048 feedback_old_attr = -1; 4049 feedback_col = 0; 4050 } 4051 } 4052 #endif 4053 /* 4054 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first 4055 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a 4056 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>". 4057 */ 4058 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL 4059 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0) 4060 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4061 && filler_todo <= 0 4062 #endif 4063 && draw_state > WL_NR 4064 && c != NUL) 4065 { 4066 c = lcs_prec; 4067 lcs_prec_todo = NUL; 4068 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4069 mb_c = c; 4070 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4071 { 4072 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4073 u8c_c1 = u8c_c2 = 0; 4074 } 4075 else 4076 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4077 #endif 4078 if ((area_attr == 0 || char_attr != area_attr) 4079 && (search_attr == 0 || char_attr != search_attr)) 4080 { 4081 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4082 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */ 4083 n_attr3 = 1; 4084 } 4085 } 4086 4087 /* 4088 * At end of the text line. 4089 */ 4090 if (c == NUL) 4091 { 4092 /* invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or 4093 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last 4094 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not 4095 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */ 4096 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one 4097 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol) 4098 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 4099 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */ 4100 || (ptr - line) - 1 == (long)search_hl.startcol 4101 || (ptr - line) - 1 == (long)match_hl.startcol 4102 #endif 4103 )) 4104 { 4105 int n = 0; 4106 4107 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4108 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4109 { 4110 if (col < 0) 4111 n = 1; 4112 } 4113 else 4114 #endif 4115 { 4116 if (col >= W_WIDTH(wp)) 4117 n = -1; 4118 } 4119 if (n != 0) 4120 { 4121 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character 4122 * instead (better than nothing). */ 4123 off += n; 4124 col += n; 4125 } 4126 else 4127 { 4128 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */ 4129 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 4130 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4131 if (enc_utf8) 4132 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 4133 #endif 4134 } 4135 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 4136 if (area_attr == 0) 4137 { 4138 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)match_hl.startcol) 4139 char_attr = match_hl.attr; 4140 else 4141 char_attr = search_hl.attr; 4142 } 4143 #endif 4144 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 4145 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4146 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4147 --col; 4148 else 4149 #endif 4150 ++col; 4151 } 4152 4153 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, (int)W_WIDTH(wp), 4154 wp->w_p_rl); 4155 row++; 4156 4157 /* 4158 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 4159 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 4160 */ 4161 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 4162 { 4163 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow; 4164 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow; 4165 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 4166 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE; 4167 #endif 4168 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 4169 } 4170 4171 break; 4172 } 4173 4174 /* line continues beyond line end */ 4175 if (lcs_ext 4176 && !wp->w_p_wrap 4177 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4178 && filler_todo <= 0 4179 #endif 4180 && ( 4181 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4182 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 : 4183 #endif 4184 col == W_WIDTH(wp) - 1) 4185 && (*ptr != NUL 4186 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str) 4187 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))) 4188 { 4189 c = lcs_ext; 4190 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 4191 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4192 mb_c = c; 4193 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4194 { 4195 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4196 u8c_c1 = u8c_c2 = 0; 4197 } 4198 else 4199 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4200 #endif 4201 } 4202 4203 /* 4204 * Store character to be displayed. 4205 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'. 4206 */ 4207 vcol_prev = vcol; 4208 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0) 4209 { 4210 /* 4211 * Store the character. 4212 */ 4213 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 4214 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 4215 { 4216 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */ 4217 --off; 4218 --col; 4219 } 4220 #endif 4221 ScreenLines[off] = c; 4222 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4223 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 4224 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 4225 else if (enc_utf8) 4226 { 4227 if (mb_utf8) 4228 { 4229 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c; 4230 ScreenLinesC1[off] = u8c_c1; 4231 ScreenLinesC2[off] = u8c_c2; 4232 } 4233 else 4234 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 4235 } 4236 if (multi_attr) 4237 { 4238 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr; 4239 multi_attr = 0; 4240 } 4241 else 4242 #endif 4243 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 4244 4245 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4246 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 4247 { 4248 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ 4249 ++off; 4250 ++col; 4251 if (enc_utf8) 4252 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */ 4253 ScreenLines[off] = 0; 4254 else 4255 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */ 4256 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 4257 ++vcol; 4258 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of 4259 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */ 4260 if (tocol == vcol) 4261 ++tocol; 4262 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4263 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4264 { 4265 /* now it's time to backup one cell */ 4266 --off; 4267 --col; 4268 } 4269 #endif 4270 } 4271 #endif 4272 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4273 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4274 { 4275 --off; 4276 --col; 4277 } 4278 else 4279 #endif 4280 { 4281 ++off; 4282 ++col; 4283 } 4284 } 4285 else 4286 --n_skip; 4287 4288 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' column. */ 4289 if (draw_state >= WL_SBR 4290 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4291 && filler_todo <= 0 4292 #endif 4293 ) 4294 ++vcol; 4295 4296 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */ 4297 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0) 4298 char_attr = saved_attr3; 4299 4300 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */ 4301 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0) 4302 char_attr = saved_attr2; 4303 4304 /* 4305 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line 4306 * so far. If there is no more to display it is catched above. 4307 */ 4308 if (( 4309 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4310 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) : 4311 #endif 4312 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp))) 4313 && (*ptr != NUL 4314 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4315 || filler_todo > 0 4316 #endif 4317 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str) 4318 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))) 4319 ) 4320 { 4321 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, (int)W_WIDTH(wp), 4322 wp->w_p_rl); 4323 ++row; 4324 ++screen_row; 4325 4326 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed 4327 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */ 4328 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap 4329 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4330 && filler_todo <= 0 4331 #endif 4332 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1) 4333 break; 4334 4335 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */ 4336 if (draw_state != WL_LINE 4337 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4338 && filler_todo <= 0 4339 #endif 4340 ) 4341 { 4342 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 4343 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 4344 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 4345 #endif 4346 row = endrow; 4347 } 4348 4349 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */ 4350 if (row == endrow) 4351 { 4352 ++row; 4353 break; 4354 } 4355 4356 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1 4357 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4358 && filler_todo <= 0 4359 #endif 4360 && W_WIDTH(wp) == Columns) 4361 { 4362 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */ 4363 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE; 4364 4365 /* 4366 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with 4367 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of 4368 * the line. This will work with all terminal types 4369 * (regardless of the xn,am settings). 4370 * Only do this on a fast tty. 4371 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line 4372 * (something has been written in it). 4373 * Don't do this for the GUI. 4374 * Don't do this for double-width characters. 4375 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border. 4376 */ 4377 if (p_tf 4378 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 4379 && !gui.in_use 4380 #endif 4381 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4382 && !(has_mbyte 4383 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row]) == 2 4384 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 4385 + (int)Columns - 2) == 2)) 4386 #endif 4387 ) 4388 { 4389 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line, 4390 * then output the same character again to let the 4391 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't 4392 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */ 4393 if (screen_cur_col != W_WIDTH(wp)) 4394 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 4395 + (unsigned)Columns - 1, 4396 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1)); 4397 4398 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4399 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a 4400 * space to keep it simple. */ 4401 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[ 4402 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1) 4403 out_char(' '); 4404 else 4405 #endif 4406 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 4407 + (Columns - 1)]); 4408 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */ 4409 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1; 4410 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 4411 } 4412 } 4413 4414 col = 0; 4415 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 4416 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4417 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4418 { 4419 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */ 4420 off += col; 4421 } 4422 #endif 4423 4424 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */ 4425 draw_state = WL_START; 4426 saved_n_extra = n_extra; 4427 saved_p_extra = p_extra; 4428 saved_c_extra = c_extra; 4429 saved_char_attr = char_attr; 4430 n_extra = 0; 4431 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; 4432 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4433 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4434 if (filler_todo <= 0) 4435 # endif 4436 need_showbreak = TRUE; 4437 #endif 4438 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4439 --filler_todo; 4440 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the 4441 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */ 4442 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill) 4443 break; 4444 #endif 4445 } 4446 4447 } /* for every character in the line */ 4448 4449 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4450 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */ 4451 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL) 4452 { 4453 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 4454 cap_col = 0; 4455 } 4456 #endif 4457 4458 return row; 4459 } 4460 4461 /* 4462 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing: 4463 * - the (first byte of the) character is different 4464 * - the attributes are different 4465 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different 4466 */ 4467 static int 4468 char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, cols) 4469 int off_from; 4470 int off_to; 4471 int cols; 4472 { 4473 if (cols > 0 4474 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to] 4475 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 4476 4477 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4478 || (enc_dbcs != 0 4479 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1 4480 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e 4481 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to] 4482 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] 4483 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) 4484 || (enc_utf8 4485 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to] 4486 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0 4487 && (ScreenLinesC1[off_from] 4488 != ScreenLinesC1[off_to] 4489 || ScreenLinesC2[off_from] 4490 != ScreenLinesC2[off_to])))) 4491 #endif 4492 )) 4493 return TRUE; 4494 return FALSE; 4495 } 4496 4497 /* 4498 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that 4499 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character. 4500 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line. 4501 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are. 4502 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line 4503 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise. 4504 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window: 4505 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol" 4506 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width" 4507 */ 4508 static void 4509 screen_line(row, coloff, endcol, clear_width 4510 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4511 , rlflag 4512 #endif 4513 ) 4514 int row; 4515 int coloff; 4516 int endcol; 4517 int clear_width; 4518 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4519 int rlflag; 4520 #endif 4521 { 4522 unsigned off_from; 4523 unsigned off_to; 4524 int col = 0; 4525 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) 4526 int hl; 4527 #endif 4528 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */ 4529 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */ 4530 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 4531 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */ 4532 #endif 4533 ; 4534 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */ 4535 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4536 int clear_next = FALSE; 4537 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */ 4538 /* 2: occupies two display cells */ 4539 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells 4540 #else 4541 # define CHAR_CELLS 1 4542 #endif 4543 4544 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 4545 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row); 4546 # endif 4547 4548 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 4549 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff; 4550 4551 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4552 if (rlflag) 4553 { 4554 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */ 4555 if (clear_width > 0) 4556 { 4557 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 4558 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 4559 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4560 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) 4561 # endif 4562 ) 4563 { 4564 ++off_to; 4565 ++col; 4566 } 4567 if (col <= endcol) 4568 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, 4569 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0); 4570 } 4571 col = endcol + 1; 4572 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff; 4573 off_from += col; 4574 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width); 4575 } 4576 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */ 4577 4578 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col); 4579 4580 while (col < endcol) 4581 { 4582 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4583 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol)) 4584 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from); 4585 else 4586 char_cells = 1; 4587 #endif 4588 4589 redraw_this = redraw_next; 4590 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS, 4591 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS); 4592 4593 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 4594 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to 4595 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only 4596 * happens in the GUI. 4597 */ 4598 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use) 4599 { 4600 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS]; 4601 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) 4602 redraw_this = TRUE; 4603 } 4604 #endif 4605 4606 if (redraw_this) 4607 { 4608 /* 4609 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm): 4610 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the 4611 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The 4612 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the 4613 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must 4614 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted 4615 * character. 4616 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need 4617 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it 4618 * completely. 4619 */ 4620 if ( p_wiv 4621 && !force 4622 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 4623 && !gui.in_use 4624 #endif 4625 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0 4626 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 4627 { 4628 /* 4629 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here. 4630 */ 4631 windgoto(row, col + coloff); 4632 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */ 4633 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 4634 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */ 4635 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */ 4636 4637 /* 4638 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop 4639 * highlighting at this character. 4640 */ 4641 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0) 4642 { 4643 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]; 4644 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff); 4645 screen_stop_highlight(); 4646 } 4647 else 4648 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */ 4649 } 4650 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4651 if (enc_dbcs != 0) 4652 { 4653 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or 4654 * the other way around requires another character to be 4655 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing 4656 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */ 4657 if (char_cells == 1 4658 && col + 1 < endcol 4659 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to) > 1) 4660 { 4661 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell 4662 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */ 4663 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0; 4664 redraw_next = TRUE; 4665 } 4666 else if (char_cells == 2 4667 && col + 2 < endcol 4668 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to) == 1 4669 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1) > 1) 4670 { 4671 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over 4672 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second 4673 * cell. */ 4674 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0; 4675 redraw_next = TRUE; 4676 } 4677 4678 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 4679 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from]; 4680 } 4681 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width 4682 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out 4683 * the right halve of the old character. 4684 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width 4685 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */ 4686 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol 4687 && ((char_cells == 1 4688 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to) > 1) 4689 || (char_cells == 2 4690 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to) == 1 4691 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1) > 1))) 4692 clear_next = TRUE; 4693 #endif 4694 4695 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from]; 4696 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4697 if (enc_utf8) 4698 { 4699 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from]; 4700 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0) 4701 { 4702 ScreenLinesC1[off_to] = ScreenLinesC1[off_from]; 4703 ScreenLinesC2[off_to] = ScreenLinesC2[off_from]; 4704 } 4705 } 4706 if (char_cells == 2) 4707 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1]; 4708 #endif 4709 4710 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 4711 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next 4712 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next 4713 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 4714 * and for some xterms. */ 4715 if ( 4716 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 4717 gui.in_use 4718 # endif 4719 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 4720 || 4721 # endif 4722 # ifdef UNIX 4723 term_is_xterm 4724 # endif 4725 ) 4726 { 4727 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 4728 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) 4729 redraw_next = TRUE; 4730 } 4731 #endif 4732 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 4733 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4734 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2) 4735 { 4736 /* just a hack: It makes two bytes of DBCS have same attr */ 4737 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 4738 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff); 4739 } 4740 else 4741 #endif 4742 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 4743 } 4744 else if ( p_wiv 4745 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 4746 && !gui.in_use 4747 #endif 4748 && col + coloff > 0) 4749 { 4750 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]) 4751 { 4752 /* 4753 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will 4754 * stop the highlighting when it should continue. 4755 */ 4756 screen_attr = 0; 4757 } 4758 else if (screen_attr != 0) 4759 screen_stop_highlight(); 4760 } 4761 4762 off_to += CHAR_CELLS; 4763 off_from += CHAR_CELLS; 4764 col += CHAR_CELLS; 4765 } 4766 4767 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4768 if (clear_next) 4769 { 4770 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left 4771 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */ 4772 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' '; 4773 if (enc_utf8) 4774 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 4775 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 4776 } 4777 #endif 4778 4779 if (clear_width > 0 4780 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4781 && !rlflag 4782 #endif 4783 ) 4784 { 4785 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 4786 int startCol = col; 4787 #endif 4788 4789 /* blank out the rest of the line */ 4790 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 4791 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 4792 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4793 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) 4794 #endif 4795 ) 4796 { 4797 ++off_to; 4798 ++col; 4799 } 4800 if (col < clear_width) 4801 { 4802 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 4803 /* 4804 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels 4805 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold 4806 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous 4807 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we 4808 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway. 4809 */ 4810 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this) 4811 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4812 && enc_dbcs == 0 4813 # endif 4814 ) 4815 { 4816 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 4817 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) 4818 screen_char(off_to - 1, row, col + coloff - 1); 4819 } 4820 #endif 4821 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff, 4822 ' ', ' ', 0); 4823 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 4824 off_to += clear_width - col; 4825 col = clear_width; 4826 #endif 4827 } 4828 } 4829 4830 if (clear_width > 0) 4831 { 4832 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 4833 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */ 4834 if (col + coloff < Columns) 4835 { 4836 int c; 4837 4838 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 4839 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != c 4840 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4841 || (enc_utf8 4842 && ScreenLinesUC[off_to] != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 4843 # endif 4844 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl) 4845 { 4846 ScreenLines[off_to] = c; 4847 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl; 4848 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4849 if (enc_utf8) 4850 { 4851 if (c >= 0x80) 4852 { 4853 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c; 4854 ScreenLinesC1[off_to] = 0; 4855 ScreenLinesC2[off_to] = 0; 4856 } 4857 else 4858 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 4859 } 4860 # endif 4861 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 4862 } 4863 } 4864 else 4865 #endif 4866 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 4867 } 4868 } 4869 4870 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) 4871 /* 4872 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying. 4873 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers). 4874 */ 4875 void 4876 rl_mirror(str) 4877 char_u *str; 4878 { 4879 char_u *p1, *p2; 4880 int t; 4881 4882 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2) 4883 { 4884 t = *p1; 4885 *p1 = *p2; 4886 *p2 = t; 4887 } 4888 } 4889 #endif 4890 4891 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) 4892 /* 4893 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd 4894 */ 4895 void 4896 status_redraw_all() 4897 { 4898 win_T *wp; 4899 4900 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) 4901 if (wp->w_status_height) 4902 { 4903 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 4904 redraw_later(VALID); 4905 } 4906 } 4907 4908 /* 4909 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw 4910 */ 4911 void 4912 status_redraw_curbuf() 4913 { 4914 win_T *wp; 4915 4916 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) 4917 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf) 4918 { 4919 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 4920 redraw_later(VALID); 4921 } 4922 } 4923 4924 /* 4925 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn. 4926 */ 4927 void 4928 redraw_statuslines() 4929 { 4930 win_T *wp; 4931 4932 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) 4933 if (wp->w_redr_status) 4934 win_redr_status(wp); 4935 } 4936 #endif 4937 4938 #if (defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) && defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)) || defined(PROTO) 4939 /* 4940 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp". 4941 */ 4942 void 4943 win_redraw_last_status(frp) 4944 frame_T *frp; 4945 { 4946 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) 4947 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE; 4948 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) 4949 { 4950 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) 4951 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 4952 } 4953 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */ 4954 { 4955 frp = frp->fr_child; 4956 while (frp->fr_next != NULL) 4957 frp = frp->fr_next; 4958 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 4959 } 4960 } 4961 #endif 4962 4963 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 4964 /* 4965 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row". 4966 */ 4967 static void 4968 draw_vsep_win(wp, row) 4969 win_T *wp; 4970 int row; 4971 { 4972 int hl; 4973 int c; 4974 4975 if (wp->w_vsep_width) 4976 { 4977 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 4978 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 4979 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 4980 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1, 4981 c, ' ', hl); 4982 } 4983 } 4984 #endif 4985 4986 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 4987 static int status_match_len __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); 4988 static int skip_status_match_char __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); 4989 4990 /* 4991 * Get the lenght of an item as it will be shown in the status line. 4992 */ 4993 static int 4994 status_match_len(xp, s) 4995 expand_T *xp; 4996 char_u *s; 4997 { 4998 int len = 0; 4999 5000 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 5001 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 5002 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 5003 5004 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */ 5005 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 5006 return 1; 5007 #endif 5008 5009 while (*s != NUL) 5010 { 5011 if (skip_status_match_char(xp, s)) 5012 ++s; 5013 len += ptr2cells(s); 5014 mb_ptr_adv(s); 5015 } 5016 5017 return len; 5018 } 5019 5020 /* 5021 * Return TRUE for characters that are not displayed in a status match. 5022 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags. 5023 */ 5024 static int 5025 skip_status_match_char(xp, s) 5026 expand_T *xp; 5027 char_u *s; 5028 { 5029 return ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP) 5030 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 5031 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 5032 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES) 5033 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL))) 5034 #endif 5035 ); 5036 } 5037 5038 /* 5039 * Show wildchar matches in the status line. 5040 * Show at least the "match" item. 5041 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit. 5042 * 5043 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 5044 */ 5045 void 5046 win_redr_status_matches(xp, num_matches, matches, match, showtail) 5047 expand_T *xp; 5048 int num_matches; 5049 char_u **matches; /* list of matches */ 5050 int match; 5051 int showtail; 5052 { 5053 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m]) 5054 int row; 5055 char_u *buf; 5056 int len; 5057 int clen; /* lenght in screen cells */ 5058 int fillchar; 5059 int attr; 5060 int i; 5061 int highlight = TRUE; 5062 char_u *selstart = NULL; 5063 int selstart_col = 0; 5064 char_u *selend = NULL; 5065 static int first_match = 0; 5066 int add_left = FALSE; 5067 char_u *s; 5068 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 5069 int emenu; 5070 #endif 5071 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU) 5072 int l; 5073 #endif 5074 5075 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */ 5076 return; 5077 5078 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5079 if (has_mbyte) 5080 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1); 5081 else 5082 #endif 5083 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1); 5084 if (buf == NULL) 5085 return; 5086 5087 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */ 5088 { 5089 match = 0; 5090 highlight = FALSE; 5091 } 5092 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */ 5093 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3; 5094 if (match == 0) 5095 first_match = 0; 5096 else if (match < first_match) 5097 { 5098 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */ 5099 first_match = match; 5100 add_left = TRUE; 5101 } 5102 else 5103 { 5104 /* check if match fits on the screen */ 5105 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i) 5106 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 5107 if (first_match > 0) 5108 clen += 2; 5109 /* jumping right, put match at the left */ 5110 if ((long)clen > Columns) 5111 { 5112 first_match = match; 5113 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */ 5114 clen = 2; 5115 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i) 5116 { 5117 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 5118 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 5119 break; 5120 } 5121 if (i == num_matches) 5122 add_left = TRUE; 5123 } 5124 } 5125 if (add_left) 5126 while (first_match > 0) 5127 { 5128 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2; 5129 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 5130 break; 5131 --first_match; 5132 } 5133 5134 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, TRUE); 5135 5136 if (first_match == 0) 5137 { 5138 *buf = NUL; 5139 len = 0; 5140 } 5141 else 5142 { 5143 STRCPY(buf, "< "); 5144 len = 2; 5145 } 5146 clen = len; 5147 5148 i = first_match; 5149 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns) 5150 { 5151 if (i == match) 5152 { 5153 selstart = buf + len; 5154 selstart_col = clen; 5155 } 5156 5157 s = L_MATCH(i); 5158 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */ 5159 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 5160 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 5161 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 5162 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 5163 { 5164 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|')); 5165 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 5166 len += l; 5167 clen += l; 5168 } 5169 else 5170 #endif 5171 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s) 5172 { 5173 if (skip_status_match_char(xp, s)) 5174 ++s; 5175 clen += ptr2cells(s); 5176 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5177 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1) 5178 { 5179 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l); 5180 s += l - 1; 5181 len += l; 5182 } 5183 else 5184 #endif 5185 { 5186 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s)); 5187 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 5188 } 5189 } 5190 if (i == match) 5191 selend = buf + len; 5192 5193 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 5194 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 5195 clen += 2; 5196 if (++i == num_matches) 5197 break; 5198 } 5199 5200 if (i != num_matches) 5201 { 5202 *(buf + len++) = '>'; 5203 ++clen; 5204 } 5205 5206 buf[len] = NUL; 5207 5208 row = cmdline_row - 1; 5209 if (row >= 0) 5210 { 5211 if (wild_menu_showing == 0) 5212 { 5213 if (msg_scrolled > 0) 5214 { 5215 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is 5216 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */ 5217 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1) 5218 { 5219 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, NULL); 5220 ++msg_scrolled; 5221 } 5222 else 5223 { 5224 ++cmdline_row; 5225 ++row; 5226 } 5227 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED; 5228 } 5229 else 5230 { 5231 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2. 5232 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is 5233 * resized. */ 5234 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 5235 { 5236 save_p_ls = p_ls; 5237 save_p_wmh = p_wmh; 5238 p_ls = 2; 5239 p_wmh = 0; 5240 last_status(FALSE); 5241 } 5242 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN; 5243 } 5244 } 5245 5246 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr); 5247 if (selstart != NULL && highlight) 5248 { 5249 *selend = NUL; 5250 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, hl_attr(HLF_WM)); 5251 } 5252 5253 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr); 5254 } 5255 5256 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 5257 win_redraw_last_status(topframe); 5258 #else 5259 lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 5260 #endif 5261 vim_free(buf); 5262 } 5263 #endif 5264 5265 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) 5266 /* 5267 * Redraw the status line of window wp. 5268 * 5269 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 5270 */ 5271 void 5272 win_redr_status(wp) 5273 win_T *wp; 5274 { 5275 int row; 5276 char_u *p; 5277 int len; 5278 int fillchar; 5279 int attr; 5280 int this_ru_col; 5281 5282 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE; 5283 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) 5284 { 5285 /* no status line, can only be last window */ 5286 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 5287 } 5288 else if (!redrawing()) 5289 { 5290 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ 5291 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 5292 } 5293 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 5294 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 5295 { 5296 /* redraw custom status line */ 5297 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE); 5298 } 5299 #endif 5300 else 5301 { 5302 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 5303 5304 if (buf_spname(wp->w_buffer) != NULL) 5305 STRCPY(NameBuff, buf_spname(wp->w_buffer)); 5306 else 5307 home_replace(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_buffer->b_fname, NameBuff, 5308 MAXPATHL, TRUE); 5309 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL); 5310 p = NameBuff; 5311 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 5312 5313 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help 5314 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 5315 || wp->w_p_pvw 5316 #endif 5317 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) 5318 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 5319 *(p + len++) = ' '; 5320 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help) 5321 { 5322 STRCPY(p + len, _("[help]")); 5323 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 5324 } 5325 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 5326 if (wp->w_p_pvw) 5327 { 5328 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]")); 5329 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 5330 } 5331 #endif 5332 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) 5333 { 5334 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]"); 5335 len += 3; 5336 } 5337 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 5338 { 5339 STRCPY(p + len, "[RO]"); 5340 len += 4; 5341 } 5342 5343 #ifndef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 5344 this_ru_col = ru_col; 5345 if (this_ru_col < (Columns + 1) / 2) 5346 this_ru_col = (Columns + 1) / 2; 5347 #else 5348 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); 5349 if (this_ru_col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) 5350 this_ru_col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; 5351 if (this_ru_col <= 1) 5352 { 5353 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */ 5354 len = 1; 5355 } 5356 else 5357 #endif 5358 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5359 if (has_mbyte) 5360 { 5361 int clen = 0, i; 5362 5363 /* Count total number of display cells. */ 5364 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i)) 5365 clen += (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); 5366 /* Find first character that will fit. 5367 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */ 5368 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1; 5369 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i)) 5370 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); 5371 len = clen; 5372 if (i > 0) 5373 { 5374 p = p + i - 1; 5375 *p = '<'; 5376 ++len; 5377 } 5378 5379 } 5380 else 5381 #endif 5382 if (len > this_ru_col - 1) 5383 { 5384 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1); 5385 *p = '<'; 5386 len = this_ru_col - 1; 5387 } 5388 5389 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 5390 screen_puts(p, row, W_WINCOL(wp), attr); 5391 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + W_WINCOL(wp), 5392 this_ru_col + W_WINCOL(wp), fillchar, fillchar, attr); 5393 5394 if (get_keymap_str(wp, NameBuff, MAXPATHL) 5395 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1)) 5396 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff) 5397 - 1 + W_WINCOL(wp)), attr); 5398 5399 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 5400 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE); 5401 #endif 5402 } 5403 5404 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 5405 /* 5406 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator. 5407 */ 5408 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing()) 5409 { 5410 if (stl_connected(wp)) 5411 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 5412 else 5413 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr); 5414 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp), 5415 attr); 5416 } 5417 #endif 5418 } 5419 5420 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 5421 /* 5422 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status 5423 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator. 5424 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0). 5425 */ 5426 int 5427 stl_connected(wp) 5428 win_T *wp; 5429 { 5430 frame_T *fr; 5431 5432 fr = wp->w_frame; 5433 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL) 5434 { 5435 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL) 5436 { 5437 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 5438 break; 5439 } 5440 else 5441 { 5442 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 5443 return TRUE; 5444 } 5445 fr = fr->fr_parent; 5446 } 5447 return FALSE; 5448 } 5449 # endif 5450 5451 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */ 5452 5453 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) 5454 /* 5455 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'. 5456 */ 5457 int 5458 get_keymap_str(wp, buf, len) 5459 win_T *wp; 5460 char_u *buf; /* buffer for the result */ 5461 int len; /* length of buffer */ 5462 { 5463 char_u *p; 5464 5465 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP) 5466 return FALSE; 5467 5468 { 5469 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 5470 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; 5471 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; 5472 char_u *s; 5473 5474 curbuf = wp->w_buffer; 5475 curwin = wp; 5476 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */ 5477 ++emsg_skip; 5478 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL); 5479 --emsg_skip; 5480 curbuf = old_curbuf; 5481 curwin = old_curwin; 5482 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL) 5483 #endif 5484 { 5485 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 5486 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED) 5487 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap; 5488 else 5489 #endif 5490 p = (char_u *)"lang"; 5491 } 5492 if ((int)(STRLEN(p) + 3) < len) 5493 sprintf((char *)buf, "<%s>", p); 5494 else 5495 buf[0] = NUL; 5496 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 5497 vim_free(s); 5498 #endif 5499 } 5500 return buf[0] != NUL; 5501 } 5502 #endif 5503 5504 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) 5505 /* 5506 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window wp. 5507 */ 5508 static void 5509 win_redr_custom(wp, Ruler) 5510 win_T *wp; 5511 int Ruler; 5512 { 5513 int attr; 5514 int curattr; 5515 int row; 5516 int col = 0; 5517 int maxwidth; 5518 int width; 5519 int n; 5520 int len; 5521 int fillchar; 5522 char_u buf[MAXPATHL]; 5523 char_u *p; 5524 struct stl_hlrec hl[STL_MAX_ITEM]; 5525 5526 /* setup environment for the task at hand */ 5527 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 5528 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 5529 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp); 5530 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 5531 p = wp->w_p_stl; 5532 else 5533 p = p_stl; 5534 if (Ruler) 5535 { 5536 p = p_ruf; 5537 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */ 5538 if (*p == '%') 5539 { 5540 if (*++p == '-') 5541 p++; 5542 if (atoi((char *) p)) 5543 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p)) 5544 p++; 5545 if (*p++ != '(') 5546 p = p_ruf; 5547 } 5548 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 5549 col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); 5550 if (col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) 5551 col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; 5552 #else 5553 col = ru_col; 5554 if (col > (Columns + 1) / 2) 5555 col = (Columns + 1) / 2; 5556 #endif 5557 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 5558 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 5559 if (!wp->w_status_height) 5560 #endif 5561 { 5562 row = Rows - 1; 5563 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */ 5564 fillchar = ' '; 5565 attr = 0; 5566 } 5567 } 5568 if (maxwidth <= 0) 5569 return; 5570 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 5571 col += W_WINCOL(wp); 5572 #endif 5573 5574 width = build_stl_str_hl(wp, buf, sizeof(buf), p, fillchar, maxwidth, hl); 5575 len = STRLEN(buf); 5576 5577 while (width < maxwidth && len < sizeof(buf) - 1) 5578 { 5579 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5580 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len); 5581 #else 5582 buf[len++] = fillchar; 5583 #endif 5584 ++width; 5585 } 5586 buf[len] = NUL; 5587 5588 curattr = attr; 5589 p = buf; 5590 for (n = 0; hl[n].start != NULL; n++) 5591 { 5592 len = (int)(hl[n].start - p); 5593 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr); 5594 col += vim_strnsize(p, len); 5595 p = hl[n].start; 5596 5597 if (hl[n].userhl == 0) 5598 curattr = attr; 5599 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 5600 else if (wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0) 5601 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hl[n].userhl - 1]; 5602 #endif 5603 else 5604 curattr = highlight_user[hl[n].userhl - 1]; 5605 } 5606 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr); 5607 } 5608 5609 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */ 5610 5611 /* 5612 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines. 5613 */ 5614 void 5615 screen_putchar(c, row, col, attr) 5616 int c; 5617 int row, col; 5618 int attr; 5619 { 5620 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5621 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 5622 5623 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 5624 #else 5625 char_u buf[2]; 5626 5627 buf[0] = c; 5628 buf[1] = NUL; 5629 #endif 5630 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr); 5631 } 5632 5633 /* 5634 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]". 5635 * Also return its attribute in *attrp; 5636 */ 5637 void 5638 screen_getbytes(row, col, bytes, attrp) 5639 int row, col; 5640 char_u *bytes; 5641 int *attrp; 5642 { 5643 unsigned off; 5644 5645 /* safety check */ 5646 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns) 5647 { 5648 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 5649 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off]; 5650 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 5651 bytes[1] = NUL; 5652 5653 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5654 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 5655 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL; 5656 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 5657 { 5658 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 5659 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off]; 5660 bytes[2] = NUL; 5661 } 5662 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1) 5663 { 5664 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1]; 5665 bytes[2] = NUL; 5666 } 5667 #endif 5668 } 5669 } 5670 5671 /* 5672 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with 5673 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[]. 5674 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary! 5675 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done. 5676 */ 5677 void 5678 screen_puts(text, row, col, attr) 5679 char_u *text; 5680 int row; 5681 int col; 5682 int attr; 5683 { 5684 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr); 5685 } 5686 5687 /* 5688 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to 5689 * a NUL. 5690 */ 5691 void 5692 screen_puts_len(text, len, row, col, attr) 5693 char_u *text; 5694 int len; 5695 int row; 5696 int col; 5697 int attr; 5698 { 5699 unsigned off; 5700 char_u *ptr = text; 5701 int c; 5702 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5703 int mbyte_blen = 1; 5704 int mbyte_cells = 1; 5705 int u8c = 0; 5706 int u8c_c1 = 0; 5707 int u8c_c2 = 0; 5708 int clear_next_cell = FALSE; 5709 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 5710 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 5711 int pc, nc, nc1, dummy; 5712 # endif 5713 #endif 5714 5715 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 5716 return; 5717 5718 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 5719 while (*ptr != NUL && col < screen_Columns 5720 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len)) 5721 { 5722 c = *ptr; 5723 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5724 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */ 5725 if (has_mbyte) 5726 { 5727 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0) 5728 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 5729 else 5730 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 5731 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 5732 mbyte_cells = 1; 5733 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) 5734 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen; 5735 else /* enc_utf8 */ 5736 { 5737 if (len >= 0) 5738 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, &u8c_c1, &u8c_c2, 5739 (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 5740 else 5741 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, &u8c_c1, &u8c_c2); 5742 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c); 5743 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 5744 if (u8c >= 0x10000) 5745 { 5746 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; 5747 if (attr == 0) 5748 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 5749 } 5750 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 5751 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 5752 { 5753 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 5754 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len) 5755 { 5756 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */ 5757 nc = NUL; 5758 nc1 = NUL; 5759 } 5760 else 5761 nc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mbyte_blen, &nc1, &dummy); 5762 pc = prev_c; 5763 prev_c = u8c; 5764 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8c_c1, nc, nc1, pc); 5765 } 5766 else 5767 prev_c = u8c; 5768 # endif 5769 } 5770 } 5771 #endif 5772 5773 if (ScreenLines[off] != c 5774 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5775 || (mbyte_cells == 2 5776 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0)) 5777 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 5778 && c == 0x8e 5779 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1]) 5780 || (enc_utf8 5781 && mbyte_blen > 1 5782 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != u8c 5783 || ScreenLinesC1[off] != u8c_c1 5784 || ScreenLinesC2[off] != u8c_c2)) 5785 #endif 5786 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 5787 || exmode_active 5788 ) 5789 { 5790 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 5791 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next 5792 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next 5793 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 5794 * and for some xterms. 5795 * Force the redraw by setting the attribute to a different value 5796 * than "attr", the contents of ScreenLines[] may be needed by 5797 * mb_off2cells() further on. 5798 * Don't do this for the last drawn character, because the next 5799 * character may not be redrawn. */ 5800 if ( 5801 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 5802 gui.in_use 5803 # endif 5804 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 5805 || 5806 # endif 5807 # ifdef UNIX 5808 term_is_xterm 5809 # endif 5810 ) 5811 { 5812 int n; 5813 5814 n = ScreenAttrs[off]; 5815 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5816 if (col + mbyte_cells < screen_Columns 5817 && (n > HL_ALL || (n & HL_BOLD)) 5818 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] != NUL 5819 : ptr + mbyte_blen < text + len)) 5820 ScreenAttrs[off + mbyte_cells] = attr + 1; 5821 # else 5822 if (col + 1 < screen_Columns 5823 && (n > HL_ALL || (n & HL_BOLD)) 5824 && (len < 0 ? ptr[1] != NUL : ptr + 1 < text + len)) 5825 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0; 5826 # endif 5827 } 5828 #endif 5829 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5830 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell 5831 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next 5832 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char 5833 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once 5834 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */ 5835 if (clear_next_cell) 5836 clear_next_cell = FALSE; 5837 else if (has_mbyte 5838 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL 5839 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len) 5840 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off) > 1) 5841 || (mbyte_cells == 2 5842 && (*mb_off2cells)(off) == 1 5843 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1) > 1))) 5844 clear_next_cell = TRUE; 5845 5846 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind, 5847 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */ 5848 if (enc_dbcs 5849 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off) > 1) 5850 || (mbyte_cells == 2 5851 && (*mb_off2cells)(off) == 1 5852 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1) > 1))) 5853 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0; 5854 #endif 5855 ScreenLines[off] = c; 5856 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 5857 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5858 if (enc_utf8) 5859 { 5860 if (c < 0x80 && u8c_c1 == 0 && u8c_c2 == 0) 5861 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5862 else 5863 { 5864 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c; 5865 ScreenLinesC1[off] = u8c_c1; 5866 ScreenLinesC2[off] = u8c_c2; 5867 } 5868 if (mbyte_cells == 2) 5869 { 5870 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0; 5871 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 5872 } 5873 screen_char(off, row, col); 5874 } 5875 else if (mbyte_cells == 2) 5876 { 5877 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1]; 5878 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 5879 screen_char_2(off, row, col); 5880 } 5881 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 5882 { 5883 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1]; 5884 screen_char(off, row, col); 5885 } 5886 else 5887 #endif 5888 screen_char(off, row, col); 5889 } 5890 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5891 if (has_mbyte) 5892 { 5893 off += mbyte_cells; 5894 col += mbyte_cells; 5895 ptr += mbyte_blen; 5896 if (clear_next_cell) 5897 ptr = (char_u *)" "; 5898 } 5899 else 5900 #endif 5901 { 5902 ++off; 5903 ++col; 5904 ++ptr; 5905 } 5906 } 5907 } 5908 5909 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5910 /* 5911 * Prepare for 'searchhl' highlighting. 5912 */ 5913 static void 5914 start_search_hl() 5915 { 5916 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch) 5917 { 5918 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm); 5919 search_hl.attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); 5920 } 5921 } 5922 5923 /* 5924 * Clean up for 'searchhl' highlighting. 5925 */ 5926 static void 5927 end_search_hl() 5928 { 5929 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL) 5930 { 5931 vim_free(search_hl.rm.regprog); 5932 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 5933 } 5934 } 5935 5936 /* 5937 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it. 5938 */ 5939 static void 5940 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum) 5941 win_T *wp; 5942 linenr_T lnum; 5943 { 5944 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or match_hl */ 5945 int n; 5946 5947 /* 5948 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top 5949 * of the window or just after a closed fold. 5950 * Do this both for search_hl and match_hl. 5951 */ 5952 shl = &search_hl; 5953 for (;;) 5954 { 5955 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 5956 && shl->lnum == 0 5957 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog)) 5958 { 5959 if (shl->first_lnum == 0) 5960 { 5961 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 5962 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum; 5963 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum) 5964 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1, 5965 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL)) 5966 break; 5967 # else 5968 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline; 5969 # endif 5970 } 5971 n = 0; 5972 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && shl->rm.regprog != NULL) 5973 { 5974 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n); 5975 if (shl->lnum != 0) 5976 { 5977 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum 5978 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum 5979 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 5980 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 5981 } 5982 else 5983 { 5984 ++shl->first_lnum; 5985 n = 0; 5986 } 5987 } 5988 } 5989 if (shl == &match_hl) 5990 break; 5991 shl = &match_hl; 5992 } 5993 } 5994 5995 /* 5996 * Search for a next 'searchl' or ":match" match. 5997 * Uses shl->buf. 5998 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents. 5999 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless 6000 * shl->lnum is zero. 6001 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid. 6002 */ 6003 static void 6004 next_search_hl(win, shl, lnum, mincol) 6005 win_T *win; 6006 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or match_hl */ 6007 linenr_T lnum; 6008 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */ 6009 { 6010 linenr_T l; 6011 colnr_T matchcol; 6012 long nmatched; 6013 6014 if (shl->lnum != 0) 6015 { 6016 /* Check for three situations: 6017 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search. 6018 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it. 6019 * 3. Continue after the previous match. 6020 */ 6021 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 6022 if (lnum > l) 6023 shl->lnum = 0; 6024 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) 6025 return; 6026 } 6027 6028 /* 6029 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol" 6030 * or none is found in this line. 6031 */ 6032 called_emsg = FALSE; 6033 for (;;) 6034 { 6035 /* Three situations: 6036 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line. 6037 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character. 6038 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line. 6039 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match. 6040 */ 6041 if (shl->lnum == 0) 6042 matchcol = 0; 6043 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL 6044 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0 6045 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col == shl->rm.startpos[0].col)) 6046 { 6047 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col + 1; 6048 if (ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE)[matchcol - 1] == NUL) 6049 { 6050 shl->lnum = 0; 6051 break; 6052 } 6053 } 6054 else 6055 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 6056 6057 shl->lnum = lnum; 6058 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, matchcol); 6059 if (called_emsg) 6060 { 6061 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */ 6062 vim_free(shl->rm.regprog); 6063 shl->rm.regprog = NULL; 6064 no_hlsearch = TRUE; 6065 break; 6066 } 6067 if (nmatched == 0) 6068 { 6069 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */ 6070 break; 6071 } 6072 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0 6073 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol 6074 || nmatched > 1 6075 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) 6076 { 6077 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 6078 break; /* useful match found */ 6079 } 6080 } 6081 } 6082 #endif 6083 6084 static void 6085 screen_start_highlight(attr) 6086 int attr; 6087 { 6088 attrentry_T *aep = NULL; 6089 6090 screen_attr = attr; 6091 if (full_screen 6092 #ifdef WIN3264 6093 && termcap_active 6094 #endif 6095 ) 6096 { 6097 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6098 if (gui.in_use) 6099 { 6100 char buf[20]; 6101 6102 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr); /* internal GUI code */ 6103 OUT_STR(buf); 6104 } 6105 else 6106 #endif 6107 { 6108 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 6109 { 6110 if (t_colors > 1) 6111 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr); 6112 else 6113 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr); 6114 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 6115 attr = 0; 6116 else 6117 attr = aep->ae_attr; 6118 } 6119 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL) /* bold */ 6120 out_str(T_MD); 6121 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL) /* standout */ 6122 out_str(T_SO); 6123 if ((attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) && T_US != NULL) 6124 /* underline or undercurl */ 6125 out_str(T_US); 6126 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL) /* italic */ 6127 out_str(T_CZH); 6128 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL) /* inverse (reverse) */ 6129 out_str(T_MR); 6130 6131 /* 6132 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the 6133 * bold etc. override the color setting. 6134 */ 6135 if (aep != NULL) 6136 { 6137 if (t_colors > 1) 6138 { 6139 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) 6140 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1); 6141 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) 6142 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1); 6143 } 6144 else 6145 { 6146 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL) 6147 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start); 6148 } 6149 } 6150 } 6151 } 6152 } 6153 6154 void 6155 screen_stop_highlight() 6156 { 6157 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */ 6158 6159 if (screen_attr != 0 6160 #ifdef WIN3264 6161 && termcap_active 6162 #endif 6163 ) 6164 { 6165 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6166 if (gui.in_use) 6167 { 6168 char buf[20]; 6169 6170 /* use internal GUI code */ 6171 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr); 6172 OUT_STR(buf); 6173 } 6174 else 6175 #endif 6176 { 6177 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 6178 { 6179 attrentry_T *aep; 6180 6181 if (t_colors > 1) 6182 { 6183 /* 6184 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors! 6185 */ 6186 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr); 6187 if (aep != NULL && (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color 6188 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)) 6189 do_ME = TRUE; 6190 } 6191 else 6192 { 6193 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr); 6194 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL) 6195 { 6196 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0) 6197 do_ME = TRUE; 6198 else 6199 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop); 6200 } 6201 } 6202 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 6203 screen_attr = 0; 6204 else 6205 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr; 6206 } 6207 6208 /* 6209 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the 6210 * same sequence several times. 6211 */ 6212 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT) 6213 { 6214 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0) 6215 do_ME = TRUE; 6216 else 6217 out_str(T_SE); 6218 } 6219 if (screen_attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) 6220 { 6221 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0) 6222 do_ME = TRUE; 6223 else 6224 out_str(T_UE); 6225 } 6226 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC) 6227 { 6228 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0) 6229 do_ME = TRUE; 6230 else 6231 out_str(T_CZR); 6232 } 6233 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE))) 6234 out_str(T_ME); 6235 6236 if (t_colors > 1) 6237 { 6238 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 6239 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0) 6240 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1); 6241 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0) 6242 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1); 6243 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 6244 out_str(T_MD); 6245 } 6246 } 6247 } 6248 screen_attr = 0; 6249 } 6250 6251 /* 6252 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim. 6253 * The machine specific code may override this again. 6254 */ 6255 void 6256 reset_cterm_colors() 6257 { 6258 if (t_colors > 1) 6259 { 6260 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 6261 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) 6262 { 6263 out_str(T_OP); 6264 screen_attr = -1; 6265 } 6266 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 6267 { 6268 out_str(T_ME); 6269 screen_attr = -1; 6270 } 6271 } 6272 } 6273 6274 /* 6275 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col", 6276 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"]. 6277 */ 6278 static void 6279 screen_char(off, row, col) 6280 unsigned off; 6281 int row; 6282 int col; 6283 { 6284 int attr; 6285 6286 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after 6287 * resizing). */ 6288 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns) 6289 return; 6290 6291 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. 6292 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ 6293 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1 6294 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6295 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */ 6296 && !cmdmsg_rl 6297 #endif 6298 ) 6299 { 6300 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 6301 return; 6302 } 6303 6304 /* 6305 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor. 6306 */ 6307 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) 6308 if (screen_char_attr != 0) 6309 attr = screen_char_attr; 6310 else 6311 #endif 6312 attr = ScreenAttrs[off]; 6313 if (screen_attr != attr) 6314 screen_stop_highlight(); 6315 6316 windgoto(row, col); 6317 6318 if (screen_attr != attr) 6319 screen_start_highlight(attr); 6320 6321 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6322 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 6323 { 6324 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 6325 6326 /* Convert UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */ 6327 6328 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL; 6329 6330 out_str(buf); 6331 if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1) 6332 ++screen_cur_col; 6333 } 6334 else 6335 #endif 6336 { 6337 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6338 out_flush_check(); 6339 #endif 6340 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 6341 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6342 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */ 6343 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 6344 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 6345 #endif 6346 } 6347 6348 screen_cur_col++; 6349 } 6350 6351 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6352 6353 /* 6354 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"] 6355 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'. 6356 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to 6357 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between. 6358 */ 6359 static void 6360 screen_char_2(off, row, col) 6361 unsigned off; 6362 int row; 6363 int col; 6364 { 6365 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */ 6366 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns)) 6367 return; 6368 6369 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. 6370 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ 6371 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2) 6372 { 6373 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 6374 return; 6375 } 6376 6377 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the 6378 * second byte directly. */ 6379 screen_char(off, row, col); 6380 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]); 6381 ++screen_cur_col; 6382 } 6383 #endif 6384 6385 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) || defined(PROTO) 6386 /* 6387 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE. 6388 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it. 6389 */ 6390 void 6391 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, height, width, invert) 6392 int row; 6393 int col; 6394 int height; 6395 int width; 6396 int invert; 6397 { 6398 int r, c; 6399 int off; 6400 6401 if (invert) 6402 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE; 6403 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r) 6404 { 6405 off = LineOffset[r]; 6406 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c) 6407 { 6408 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6409 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c) > 1) 6410 { 6411 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c); 6412 ++c; 6413 } 6414 else 6415 #endif 6416 { 6417 screen_char(off + c, r, c); 6418 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6419 if (utf_off2cells(off + c) > 1) 6420 ++c; 6421 #endif 6422 } 6423 } 6424 } 6425 screen_char_attr = 0; 6426 } 6427 #endif 6428 6429 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 6430 /* 6431 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window. 6432 */ 6433 static void 6434 redraw_block(row, end, wp) 6435 int row; 6436 int end; 6437 win_T *wp; 6438 { 6439 int col; 6440 int width; 6441 6442 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 6443 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1); 6444 # endif 6445 6446 if (wp == NULL) 6447 { 6448 col = 0; 6449 width = Columns; 6450 } 6451 else 6452 { 6453 col = wp->w_wincol; 6454 width = wp->w_width; 6455 } 6456 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE); 6457 } 6458 #endif 6459 6460 /* 6461 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col' 6462 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns. 6463 * Use attributes 'attr'. 6464 */ 6465 void 6466 screen_fill(start_row, end_row, start_col, end_col, c1, c2, attr) 6467 int start_row, end_row; 6468 int start_col, end_col; 6469 int c1, c2; 6470 int attr; 6471 { 6472 int row; 6473 int col; 6474 int off; 6475 int end_off; 6476 int did_delete; 6477 int c; 6478 int norm_term; 6479 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 6480 int force_next = FALSE; 6481 #endif 6482 6483 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 6484 end_row = screen_Rows; 6485 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */ 6486 end_col = screen_Columns; 6487 if (ScreenLines == NULL 6488 || start_row >= end_row 6489 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */ 6490 return; 6491 6492 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */ 6493 norm_term = ( 6494 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6495 !gui.in_use && 6496 #endif 6497 t_colors <= 1); 6498 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row) 6499 { 6500 /* 6501 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a 6502 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a 6503 * space. 6504 */ 6505 did_delete = FALSE; 6506 if (c2 == ' ' 6507 && end_col == Columns 6508 && can_clear(T_CE) 6509 && (attr == 0 6510 || (norm_term 6511 && attr <= HL_ALL 6512 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0)))) 6513 { 6514 /* 6515 * check if we really need to clear something 6516 */ 6517 col = start_col; 6518 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */ 6519 ++col; 6520 6521 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 6522 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col; 6523 6524 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */ 6525 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6526 if (enc_utf8) 6527 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 6528 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0) 6529 ++off; 6530 else 6531 #endif 6532 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 6533 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0) 6534 ++off; 6535 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */ 6536 { 6537 col = off - LineOffset[row]; 6538 screen_stop_highlight(); 6539 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */ 6540 out_str(T_CE); 6541 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 6542 col = end_col - col; 6543 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */ 6544 { 6545 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 6546 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6547 if (enc_utf8) 6548 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 6549 #endif 6550 ScreenAttrs[off] = 0; 6551 ++off; 6552 } 6553 } 6554 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */ 6555 } 6556 6557 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col; 6558 c = c1; 6559 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col) 6560 { 6561 if (ScreenLines[off] != c 6562 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6563 || (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 6564 #endif 6565 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 6566 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 6567 || force_next 6568 #endif 6569 ) 6570 { 6571 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 6572 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in 6573 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the 6574 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our 6575 * own GUI and for some xterms. */ 6576 if ( 6577 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 6578 gui.in_use 6579 # endif 6580 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 6581 || 6582 # endif 6583 # ifdef UNIX 6584 term_is_xterm 6585 # endif 6586 ) 6587 { 6588 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' ' 6589 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL 6590 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD)) 6591 force_next = TRUE; 6592 else 6593 force_next = FALSE; 6594 } 6595 #endif 6596 ScreenLines[off] = c; 6597 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6598 if (enc_utf8) 6599 { 6600 if (c >= 0x80) 6601 { 6602 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c; 6603 ScreenLinesC1[off] = 0; 6604 ScreenLinesC2[off] = 0; 6605 } 6606 else 6607 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 6608 } 6609 #endif 6610 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 6611 if (!did_delete || c != ' ') 6612 screen_char(off, row, col); 6613 } 6614 ++off; 6615 if (col == start_col) 6616 { 6617 if (did_delete) 6618 break; 6619 c = c2; 6620 } 6621 } 6622 if (end_col == Columns) 6623 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 6624 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */ 6625 { 6626 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 6627 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ') 6628 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */ 6629 } 6630 } 6631 } 6632 6633 /* 6634 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the 6635 * screen or the command line. 6636 */ 6637 void 6638 check_for_delay(check_msg_scroll) 6639 int check_msg_scroll; 6640 { 6641 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll)) 6642 && !did_wait_return 6643 && emsg_silent == 0) 6644 { 6645 out_flush(); 6646 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); 6647 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 6648 if (check_msg_scroll) 6649 msg_scroll = FALSE; 6650 } 6651 } 6652 6653 /* 6654 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed 6655 * If "clear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized. 6656 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to. 6657 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet. 6658 */ 6659 int 6660 screen_valid(clear) 6661 int clear; 6662 { 6663 screenalloc(clear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 6664 return (ScreenLines != NULL); 6665 } 6666 6667 /* 6668 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns. 6669 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items. 6670 * 6671 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating 6672 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing 6673 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items 6674 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the 6675 * final size of the shell is needed. 6676 */ 6677 void 6678 screenalloc(clear) 6679 int clear; 6680 { 6681 int new_row, old_row; 6682 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6683 int old_Rows; 6684 #endif 6685 win_T *wp; 6686 int outofmem = FALSE; 6687 int len; 6688 schar_T *new_ScreenLines; 6689 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6690 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; 6691 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC1 = NULL; 6692 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC2 = NULL; 6693 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; 6694 #endif 6695 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs; 6696 unsigned *new_LineOffset; 6697 char_u *new_LineWraps; 6698 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */ 6699 6700 /* 6701 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and 6702 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full 6703 * screen stuff. 6704 */ 6705 if ((ScreenLines != NULL 6706 && Rows == screen_Rows 6707 && Columns == screen_Columns 6708 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6709 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL) 6710 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL) 6711 #endif 6712 ) 6713 || Rows == 0 6714 || Columns == 0 6715 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL)) 6716 return; 6717 6718 /* 6719 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which 6720 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just 6721 * return here. 6722 */ 6723 if (entered) 6724 return; 6725 entered = TRUE; 6726 6727 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */ 6728 6729 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */ 6730 6731 /* 6732 * We're changing the size of the screen. 6733 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs. 6734 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra 6735 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared). 6736 * - Free the old arrays. 6737 * 6738 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything! 6739 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the 6740 * size is wrong. 6741 */ 6742 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6743 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) 6744 win_free_lsize(wp); 6745 #else 6746 win_free_lsize(curwin); 6747 #endif 6748 6749 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 6750 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 6751 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6752 if (enc_utf8) 6753 { 6754 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 6755 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 6756 new_ScreenLinesC1 = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 6757 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 6758 new_ScreenLinesC2 = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 6759 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 6760 } 6761 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 6762 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 6763 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 6764 #endif 6765 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 6766 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); 6767 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)( 6768 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE); 6769 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE); 6770 6771 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6772 { 6773 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL) 6774 { 6775 outofmem = TRUE; 6776 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6777 break; 6778 #endif 6779 } 6780 } 6781 6782 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL 6783 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6784 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL 6785 || new_ScreenLinesC1 == NULL || new_ScreenLinesC2 == NULL)) 6786 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL) 6787 #endif 6788 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL 6789 || new_LineOffset == NULL 6790 || new_LineWraps == NULL 6791 || outofmem) 6792 { 6793 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns)); /* guess the size */ 6794 vim_free(new_ScreenLines); 6795 new_ScreenLines = NULL; 6796 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6797 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC); 6798 new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; 6799 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC1); 6800 new_ScreenLinesC1 = NULL; 6801 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC2); 6802 new_ScreenLinesC2 = NULL; 6803 vim_free(new_ScreenLines2); 6804 new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; 6805 #endif 6806 vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs); 6807 new_ScreenAttrs = NULL; 6808 vim_free(new_LineOffset); 6809 new_LineOffset = NULL; 6810 vim_free(new_LineWraps); 6811 new_LineWraps = NULL; 6812 } 6813 else 6814 { 6815 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row) 6816 { 6817 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns; 6818 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE; 6819 6820 /* 6821 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as 6822 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest 6823 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when 6824 * executing an external command, for the GUI). 6825 */ 6826 if (!clear) 6827 { 6828 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns, 6829 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 6830 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6831 if (enc_utf8) 6832 { 6833 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns, 6834 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 6835 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC1 + new_row * Columns, 6836 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 6837 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC2 + new_row * Columns, 6838 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 6839 } 6840 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 6841 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns, 6842 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 6843 #endif 6844 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns, 6845 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); 6846 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows); 6847 if (old_row >= 0) 6848 { 6849 if (screen_Columns < Columns) 6850 len = screen_Columns; 6851 else 6852 len = Columns; 6853 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6854 /* When switching to utf-8 dont copy characters, they 6855 * may be invalid now. */ 6856 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL)) 6857 #endif 6858 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row], 6859 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row], 6860 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 6861 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6862 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL) 6863 { 6864 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row], 6865 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row], 6866 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 6867 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC1 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 6868 ScreenLinesC1 + LineOffset[old_row], 6869 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 6870 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC2 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 6871 ScreenLinesC2 + LineOffset[old_row], 6872 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 6873 } 6874 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL) 6875 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 6876 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row], 6877 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 6878 #endif 6879 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row], 6880 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row], 6881 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T)); 6882 } 6883 } 6884 } 6885 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */ 6886 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns; 6887 } 6888 6889 free_screenlines(); 6890 6891 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines; 6892 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6893 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC; 6894 ScreenLinesC1 = new_ScreenLinesC1; 6895 ScreenLinesC2 = new_ScreenLinesC2; 6896 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2; 6897 #endif 6898 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs; 6899 LineOffset = new_LineOffset; 6900 LineWraps = new_LineWraps; 6901 6902 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual 6903 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */ 6904 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6905 old_Rows = screen_Rows; 6906 #endif 6907 screen_Rows = Rows; 6908 screen_Columns = Columns; 6909 6910 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */ 6911 if (clear) 6912 screenclear2(); 6913 6914 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6915 else if (gui.in_use 6916 && !gui.starting 6917 && ScreenLines != NULL 6918 && old_Rows != Rows) 6919 { 6920 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0); 6921 /* 6922 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external 6923 * command. 6924 */ 6925 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */ 6926 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */ 6927 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */ 6928 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */ 6929 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */ 6930 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */ 6931 } 6932 #endif 6933 6934 entered = FALSE; 6935 } 6936 6937 void 6938 free_screenlines() 6939 { 6940 vim_free(ScreenLines); 6941 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6942 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC); 6943 vim_free(ScreenLinesC1); 6944 vim_free(ScreenLinesC2); 6945 vim_free(ScreenLines2); 6946 #endif 6947 vim_free(ScreenAttrs); 6948 vim_free(LineOffset); 6949 vim_free(LineWraps); 6950 } 6951 6952 void 6953 screenclear() 6954 { 6955 check_for_delay(FALSE); 6956 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 6957 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */ 6958 } 6959 6960 static void 6961 screenclear2() 6962 { 6963 int i; 6964 6965 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL 6966 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6967 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting) 6968 #endif 6969 ) 6970 return; 6971 6972 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6973 if (!gui.in_use) 6974 #endif 6975 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */ 6976 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */ 6977 6978 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 6979 /* disable selection without redrawing it */ 6980 clip_scroll_selection(9999); 6981 #endif 6982 6983 /* blank out ScreenLines */ 6984 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 6985 { 6986 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); 6987 LineWraps[i] = FALSE; 6988 } 6989 6990 if (can_clear(T_CL)) 6991 { 6992 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */ 6993 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 6994 } 6995 else 6996 { 6997 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */ 6998 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 6999 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); 7000 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 7001 } 7002 7003 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */ 7004 7005 win_rest_invalid(firstwin); 7006 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 7007 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */ 7008 must_redraw = NOT_VALID; 7009 compute_cmdrow(); 7010 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */ 7011 msg_col = 0; 7012 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 7013 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */ 7014 msg_didany = FALSE; 7015 msg_didout = FALSE; 7016 } 7017 7018 /* 7019 * Clear one line in ScreenLines. 7020 */ 7021 static void 7022 lineclear(off, width) 7023 unsigned off; 7024 int width; 7025 { 7026 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T)); 7027 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7028 if (enc_utf8) 7029 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, 7030 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 7031 #endif 7032 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, 0, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 7033 } 7034 7035 /* 7036 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an 7037 * invalid value. 7038 */ 7039 static void 7040 lineinvalid(off, width) 7041 unsigned off; 7042 int width; 7043 { 7044 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 7045 } 7046 7047 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7048 /* 7049 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp". 7050 */ 7051 static void 7052 linecopy(to, from, wp) 7053 int to; 7054 int from; 7055 win_T *wp; 7056 { 7057 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol; 7058 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol; 7059 7060 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from, 7061 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 7062 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7063 if (enc_utf8) 7064 { 7065 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from, 7066 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 7067 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC1 + off_to, ScreenLinesC1 + off_from, 7068 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 7069 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC2 + off_to, ScreenLinesC2 + off_from, 7070 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 7071 } 7072 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 7073 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from, 7074 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 7075 # endif 7076 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from, 7077 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 7078 } 7079 #endif 7080 7081 /* 7082 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work. 7083 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background. 7084 */ 7085 int 7086 can_clear(p) 7087 char_u *p; 7088 { 7089 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1 7090 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7091 || gui.in_use 7092 #endif 7093 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 || *T_UT != NUL)); 7094 } 7095 7096 /* 7097 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting 7098 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control 7099 * code. 7100 */ 7101 void 7102 screen_start() 7103 { 7104 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999; 7105 } 7106 7107 /* 7108 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen. 7109 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of 7110 * characters sent to the terminal. 7111 */ 7112 void 7113 windgoto(row, col) 7114 int row; 7115 int col; 7116 { 7117 sattr_T *p; 7118 int i; 7119 int plan; 7120 int cost; 7121 int wouldbe_col; 7122 int noinvcurs; 7123 char_u *bs; 7124 int goto_cost; 7125 int attr; 7126 7127 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* asssume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */ 7128 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */ 7129 7130 #define PLAN_LE 1 7131 #define PLAN_CR 2 7132 #define PLAN_NL 3 7133 #define PLAN_WRITE 4 7134 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ 7135 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 7136 return; 7137 7138 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row) 7139 { 7140 /* Check for valid position. */ 7141 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */ 7142 row = 0; 7143 if (row >= screen_Rows) 7144 row = screen_Rows - 1; 7145 if (col >= screen_Columns) 7146 col = screen_Columns - 1; 7147 7148 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */ 7149 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL) 7150 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST; 7151 else 7152 noinvcurs = 0; 7153 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs; 7154 7155 /* 7156 * Plan how to do the positioning: 7157 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row. 7158 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left. 7159 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0. 7160 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars. 7161 * 7162 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor 7163 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't ) 7164 * 7165 * First check if the highlighting attibutes allow us to write 7166 * characters to move the cursor to the right. 7167 */ 7168 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns) 7169 { 7170 /* 7171 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR 7172 * or T_LE. 7173 */ 7174 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 7175 attr = screen_attr; 7176 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col) 7177 { 7178 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */ 7179 if (*T_LE) 7180 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */ 7181 else 7182 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */ 7183 if (*bs) 7184 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs); 7185 else 7186 cost = 999; 7187 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */ 7188 { 7189 plan = PLAN_CR; 7190 wouldbe_col = 0; 7191 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */ 7192 } 7193 else 7194 { 7195 plan = PLAN_LE; 7196 wouldbe_col = col; 7197 } 7198 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 7199 { 7200 cost += noinvcurs; 7201 attr = 0; 7202 } 7203 } 7204 7205 /* 7206 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF. 7207 */ 7208 else if (row > screen_cur_row) 7209 { 7210 plan = PLAN_NL; 7211 wouldbe_col = 0; 7212 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */ 7213 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 7214 { 7215 cost += noinvcurs; 7216 attr = 0; 7217 } 7218 } 7219 7220 /* 7221 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write. 7222 */ 7223 else 7224 { 7225 plan = PLAN_WRITE; 7226 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col; 7227 cost = 0; 7228 } 7229 7230 /* 7231 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the 7232 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters. 7233 */ 7234 i = col - wouldbe_col; 7235 if (i > 0) 7236 cost += i; 7237 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0) 7238 { 7239 /* 7240 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally 7241 * stopping highlighting. 7242 */ 7243 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col; 7244 while (i && *p++ == attr) 7245 --i; 7246 if (i != 0) 7247 { 7248 /* 7249 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here. 7250 */ 7251 if (*--p == 0) 7252 { 7253 cost += noinvcurs; 7254 while (i && *p++ == 0) 7255 --i; 7256 } 7257 if (i != 0) 7258 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */ 7259 } 7260 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7261 if (enc_utf8) 7262 { 7263 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */ 7264 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i) 7265 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0) 7266 { 7267 cost = 999; 7268 break; 7269 } 7270 } 7271 #endif 7272 } 7273 7274 /* 7275 * We can do it without term_windgoto()! 7276 */ 7277 if (cost < goto_cost) 7278 { 7279 if (plan == PLAN_LE) 7280 { 7281 if (noinvcurs) 7282 screen_stop_highlight(); 7283 while (screen_cur_col > col) 7284 { 7285 out_str(bs); 7286 --screen_cur_col; 7287 } 7288 } 7289 else if (plan == PLAN_CR) 7290 { 7291 if (noinvcurs) 7292 screen_stop_highlight(); 7293 out_char('\r'); 7294 screen_cur_col = 0; 7295 } 7296 else if (plan == PLAN_NL) 7297 { 7298 if (noinvcurs) 7299 screen_stop_highlight(); 7300 while (screen_cur_row < row) 7301 { 7302 out_char('\n'); 7303 ++screen_cur_row; 7304 } 7305 screen_cur_col = 0; 7306 } 7307 7308 i = col - screen_cur_col; 7309 if (i > 0) 7310 { 7311 /* 7312 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids 7313 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when 7314 * using the bold trick in the GUI. 7315 */ 7316 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL) 7317 { 7318 while (i-- > 0) 7319 out_char(*T_ND); 7320 } 7321 else 7322 { 7323 int off; 7324 7325 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col; 7326 while (i-- > 0) 7327 { 7328 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr) 7329 screen_stop_highlight(); 7330 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7331 out_flush_check(); 7332 #endif 7333 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 7334 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7335 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 7336 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 7337 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 7338 #endif 7339 ++off; 7340 } 7341 } 7342 } 7343 } 7344 } 7345 else 7346 cost = 999; 7347 7348 if (cost >= goto_cost) 7349 { 7350 if (noinvcurs) 7351 screen_stop_highlight(); 7352 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) && 7353 *T_CRI != NUL) 7354 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col); 7355 else 7356 term_windgoto(row, col); 7357 } 7358 screen_cur_row = row; 7359 screen_cur_col = col; 7360 } 7361 } 7362 7363 /* 7364 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. 7365 */ 7366 void 7367 setcursor() 7368 { 7369 if (redrawing()) 7370 { 7371 validate_cursor(); 7372 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow, 7373 W_WINCOL(curwin) + ( 7374 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 7375 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin->w_wcol - ( 7376 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7377 has_mbyte ? (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) : 7378 # endif 7379 1)) : 7380 #endif 7381 curwin->w_wcol)); 7382 } 7383 } 7384 7385 7386 /* 7387 * insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp' 7388 * if 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated. 7389 * if 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 7390 * scrolling. 7391 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success. 7392 */ 7393 int 7394 win_ins_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) 7395 win_T *wp; 7396 int row; 7397 int line_count; 7398 int invalid; 7399 int mayclear; 7400 { 7401 int did_delete; 7402 int nextrow; 7403 int lastrow; 7404 int retval; 7405 7406 if (invalid) 7407 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 7408 7409 if (wp->w_height < 5) 7410 return FAIL; 7411 7412 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 7413 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 7414 7415 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE); 7416 if (retval != MAYBE) 7417 return retval; 7418 7419 /* 7420 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the 7421 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window. 7422 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid 7423 * messing up those windows, better just redraw. 7424 */ 7425 did_delete = FALSE; 7426 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7427 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height) 7428 { 7429 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 7430 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == OK) 7431 did_delete = TRUE; 7432 else if (wp->w_next) 7433 return FAIL; 7434 } 7435 #endif 7436 /* 7437 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window 7438 */ 7439 if (!did_delete) 7440 { 7441 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7442 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 7443 #endif 7444 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 7445 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp); 7446 lastrow = nextrow + line_count; 7447 if (lastrow > Rows) 7448 lastrow = Rows; 7449 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count, 7450 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 7451 ' ', ' ', 0); 7452 } 7453 7454 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) 7455 == FAIL) 7456 { 7457 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */ 7458 if (did_delete) 7459 { 7460 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7461 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 7462 #endif 7463 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp)); 7464 } 7465 return FAIL; 7466 } 7467 7468 return OK; 7469 } 7470 7471 /* 7472 * delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp" 7473 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated. 7474 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 7475 * scrolling 7476 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 7477 */ 7478 int 7479 win_del_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) 7480 win_T *wp; 7481 int row; 7482 int line_count; 7483 int invalid; 7484 int mayclear; 7485 { 7486 int retval; 7487 7488 if (invalid) 7489 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 7490 7491 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 7492 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 7493 7494 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE); 7495 if (retval != MAYBE) 7496 return retval; 7497 7498 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, 7499 (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == FAIL) 7500 return FAIL; 7501 7502 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7503 /* 7504 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the 7505 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn. 7506 */ 7507 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 7508 { 7509 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 7510 line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) 7511 { 7512 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 7513 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next); 7514 } 7515 } 7516 /* 7517 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the 7518 * command line later. 7519 */ 7520 else 7521 #endif 7522 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 7523 return OK; 7524 } 7525 7526 /* 7527 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines(). 7528 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done. 7529 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet. 7530 */ 7531 static int 7532 win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, del) 7533 win_T *wp; 7534 int row; 7535 int line_count; 7536 int mayclear; 7537 int del; 7538 { 7539 int retval; 7540 7541 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0) 7542 return FAIL; 7543 7544 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */ 7545 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5 7546 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7547 && wp->w_width == Columns 7548 #endif 7549 ) 7550 { 7551 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */ 7552 return FAIL; 7553 } 7554 7555 /* 7556 * Delete all remaining lines 7557 */ 7558 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height) 7559 { 7560 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 7561 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 7562 ' ', ' ', 0); 7563 return OK; 7564 } 7565 7566 /* 7567 * when scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared, 7568 * otherwise it will stay there forever. 7569 */ 7570 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 7571 7572 /* 7573 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that. 7574 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from 7575 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using 7576 * win_line(). 7577 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing 7578 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region causes a 7579 * scroll-up in the DJGPP version. 7580 */ 7581 if (scroll_region 7582 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7583 || W_WIDTH(wp) != Columns 7584 #endif 7585 ) 7586 { 7587 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7588 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 7589 #endif 7590 scroll_region_set(wp, row); 7591 if (del) 7592 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 7593 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, wp); 7594 else 7595 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 7596 wp->w_height - row, wp); 7597 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7598 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 7599 #endif 7600 scroll_region_reset(); 7601 return retval; 7602 } 7603 7604 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7605 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */ 7606 return FAIL; 7607 #endif 7608 7609 return MAYBE; 7610 } 7611 7612 /* 7613 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw 7614 */ 7615 static void 7616 win_rest_invalid(wp) 7617 win_T *wp; 7618 { 7619 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7620 while (wp != NULL) 7621 #else 7622 if (wp != NULL) 7623 #endif 7624 { 7625 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); 7626 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7627 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 7628 wp = wp->w_next; 7629 #endif 7630 } 7631 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 7632 } 7633 7634 /* 7635 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The 7636 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding 7637 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor 7638 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen. 7639 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually 7640 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate 7641 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works. 7642 */ 7643 7644 /* 7645 * types for inserting or deleting lines 7646 */ 7647 #define USE_T_CAL 1 7648 #define USE_T_CDL 2 7649 #define USE_T_AL 3 7650 #define USE_T_CE 4 7651 #define USE_T_DL 5 7652 #define USE_T_SR 6 7653 #define USE_NL 7 7654 #define USE_T_CD 8 7655 #define USE_REDRAW 9 7656 7657 /* 7658 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] 7659 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 7660 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. 7661 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. 7662 * 7663 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success. 7664 */ 7665 int 7666 screen_ins_lines(off, row, line_count, end, wp) 7667 int off; 7668 int row; 7669 int line_count; 7670 int end; 7671 win_T *wp; /* NULL or window to use width from */ 7672 { 7673 int i; 7674 int j; 7675 unsigned temp; 7676 int cursor_row; 7677 int type; 7678 int result_empty; 7679 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE); 7680 7681 /* 7682 * FAIL if 7683 * - there is no valid screen 7684 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 7685 * - the line count is less than one 7686 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 7687 */ 7688 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll) 7689 return FAIL; 7690 7691 /* 7692 * There are seven ways to insert lines: 7693 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 7694 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 7695 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of 7696 * the insert is just empty lines 7697 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not 7698 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts 7699 * at once. 7700 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the 7701 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count > 7702 * 1. 7703 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists. 7704 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 7705 * just empty lines. 7706 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 7707 * just empty lines. 7708 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and 7709 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability. 7710 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 7711 * 7712 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves 7713 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it 7714 * exists. 7715 */ 7716 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end); 7717 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7718 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 7719 type = USE_REDRAW; 7720 else 7721 #endif 7722 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 7723 type = USE_T_CD; 7724 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL)) 7725 type = USE_T_CAL; 7726 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce)) 7727 type = USE_T_CDL; 7728 else if (*T_AL != NUL) 7729 type = USE_T_AL; 7730 else if (can_ce && result_empty) 7731 type = USE_T_CE; 7732 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty) 7733 type = USE_T_DL; 7734 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce)) 7735 type = USE_T_SR; 7736 else 7737 return FAIL; 7738 7739 /* 7740 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take 7741 * care of t_db if necessary. 7742 */ 7743 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL || 7744 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL) 7745 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); 7746 7747 /* 7748 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many 7749 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that 7750 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines. 7751 */ 7752 if (*T_DB) 7753 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); 7754 7755 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 7756 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen 7757 * or not the full width of the screen. */ 7758 if (off + row > 0 7759 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7760 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 7761 # endif 7762 ) 7763 clip_clear_selection(); 7764 else 7765 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count); 7766 #endif 7767 7768 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7769 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 7770 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 7771 gui_dont_update_cursor(); 7772 #endif 7773 7774 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 7775 cursor_row = row; 7776 else 7777 cursor_row = row + off; 7778 7779 /* 7780 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines. 7781 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 7782 */ 7783 row += off; 7784 end += off; 7785 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 7786 { 7787 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7788 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 7789 { 7790 /* need to copy part of a line */ 7791 j = end - 1 - i; 7792 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 7793 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp); 7794 j += line_count; 7795 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 7796 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 7797 else 7798 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 7799 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 7800 } 7801 else 7802 #endif 7803 { 7804 j = end - 1 - i; 7805 temp = LineOffset[j]; 7806 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 7807 { 7808 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 7809 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 7810 } 7811 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp; 7812 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE; 7813 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 7814 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); 7815 else 7816 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 7817 } 7818 } 7819 7820 screen_stop_highlight(); 7821 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 7822 7823 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7824 /* redraw the characters */ 7825 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 7826 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 7827 else 7828 #endif 7829 if (type == USE_T_CAL) 7830 { 7831 term_append_lines(line_count); 7832 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 7833 } 7834 else 7835 { 7836 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++) 7837 { 7838 if (type == USE_T_AL) 7839 { 7840 if (i && cursor_row != 0) 7841 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 7842 out_str(T_AL); 7843 } 7844 else /* type == USE_T_SR */ 7845 out_str(T_SR); 7846 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 7847 } 7848 } 7849 7850 /* 7851 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that 7852 * have been scrolled down into the region. 7853 */ 7854 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA) 7855 { 7856 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 7857 { 7858 windgoto(off + i, 0); 7859 out_str(T_CE); 7860 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 7861 } 7862 } 7863 7864 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7865 gui_can_update_cursor(); 7866 if (gui.in_use) 7867 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 7868 #endif 7869 return OK; 7870 } 7871 7872 /* 7873 * delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] 7874 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 7875 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. 7876 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. 7877 * 7878 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 7879 */ 7880 /*ARGSUSED*/ 7881 int 7882 screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, force, wp) 7883 int off; 7884 int row; 7885 int line_count; 7886 int end; 7887 int force; /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */ 7888 win_T *wp; /* NULL or window to use width from */ 7889 { 7890 int j; 7891 int i; 7892 unsigned temp; 7893 int cursor_row; 7894 int cursor_end; 7895 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */ 7896 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */ 7897 int type; 7898 7899 /* 7900 * FAIL if 7901 * - there is no valid screen 7902 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 7903 * - the line count is less than one 7904 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 7905 */ 7906 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || 7907 (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll)) 7908 return FAIL; 7909 7910 /* 7911 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty. 7912 */ 7913 result_empty = row + line_count >= end; 7914 7915 /* 7916 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option 7917 * available. 7918 */ 7919 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE)); 7920 7921 /* 7922 * There are six ways to delete lines: 7923 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 7924 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 7925 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty. 7926 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist. 7927 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or 7928 * none of the other ways work. 7929 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty. 7930 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists. 7931 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 7932 */ 7933 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7934 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 7935 type = USE_REDRAW; 7936 else 7937 #endif 7938 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 7939 type = USE_T_CD; 7940 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8) 7941 /* 7942 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in 7943 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB != 7944 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_* 7945 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do 7946 * the trick... 7947 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release. 7948 * (Olaf Seibert) 7949 */ 7950 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option 7951 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL)) 7952 #else 7953 else if (row == 0 && ( 7954 #ifndef AMIGA 7955 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll 7956 * up, so use delete-line command */ 7957 line_count == 1 || 7958 #endif 7959 *T_CDL == NUL)) 7960 #endif 7961 type = USE_NL; 7962 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete) 7963 type = USE_T_CDL; 7964 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty 7965 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7966 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns) 7967 #endif 7968 ) 7969 type = USE_T_CE; 7970 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete) 7971 type = USE_T_DL; 7972 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete) 7973 type = USE_T_CDL; 7974 else 7975 return FAIL; 7976 7977 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 7978 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or 7979 * not the full width of the screen. */ 7980 if (off + row > 0 7981 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7982 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 7983 # endif 7984 ) 7985 clip_clear_selection(); 7986 else 7987 clip_scroll_selection(line_count); 7988 #endif 7989 7990 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7991 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 7992 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 7993 gui_dont_update_cursor(); 7994 #endif 7995 7996 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 7997 { 7998 cursor_row = row; 7999 cursor_end = end; 8000 } 8001 else 8002 { 8003 cursor_row = row + off; 8004 cursor_end = end + off; 8005 } 8006 8007 /* 8008 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines. 8009 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 8010 */ 8011 row += off; 8012 end += off; 8013 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 8014 { 8015 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8016 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 8017 { 8018 /* need to copy part of a line */ 8019 j = row + i; 8020 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 8021 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp); 8022 j -= line_count; 8023 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 8024 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 8025 else 8026 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 8027 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 8028 } 8029 else 8030 #endif 8031 { 8032 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */ 8033 j = row + i; 8034 temp = LineOffset[j]; 8035 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 8036 { 8037 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 8038 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 8039 } 8040 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp; 8041 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE; 8042 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 8043 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); 8044 else 8045 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 8046 } 8047 } 8048 8049 screen_stop_highlight(); 8050 8051 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8052 /* redraw the characters */ 8053 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 8054 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 8055 else 8056 #endif 8057 if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */ 8058 { 8059 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 8060 out_str(T_CD); 8061 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8062 } 8063 else if (type == USE_T_CDL) 8064 { 8065 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 8066 term_delete_lines(line_count); 8067 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8068 } 8069 /* 8070 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll 8071 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the 8072 * last line. 8073 */ 8074 else if (type == USE_NL) 8075 { 8076 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0); 8077 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 8078 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */ 8079 } 8080 else 8081 { 8082 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 8083 { 8084 if (type == USE_T_DL) 8085 { 8086 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 8087 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */ 8088 } 8089 else /* type == USE_T_CE */ 8090 { 8091 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0); 8092 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 8093 } 8094 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8095 } 8096 } 8097 8098 /* 8099 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been 8100 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region. 8101 */ 8102 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL)) 8103 { 8104 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i) 8105 { 8106 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0); 8107 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 8108 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8109 } 8110 } 8111 8112 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8113 gui_can_update_cursor(); 8114 if (gui.in_use) 8115 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 8116 #endif 8117 8118 return OK; 8119 } 8120 8121 /* 8122 * show the current mode and ruler 8123 * 8124 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline. 8125 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be 8126 * cleared only if a mode is shown. 8127 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message). 8128 */ 8129 int 8130 showmode() 8131 { 8132 int need_clear; 8133 int length = 0; 8134 int do_mode; 8135 int attr; 8136 int nwr_save; 8137 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8138 int sub_attr; 8139 #endif 8140 8141 do_mode = (p_smd && ((State & INSERT) || restart_edit 8142 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 8143 || VIsual_active 8144 #endif 8145 )); 8146 if (do_mode || Recording) 8147 { 8148 /* 8149 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. 8150 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because 8151 * it takes a bit of time. 8152 */ 8153 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0) 8154 { 8155 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */ 8156 return 0; 8157 } 8158 8159 nwr_save = need_wait_return; 8160 8161 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */ 8162 check_for_delay(FALSE); 8163 8164 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */ 8165 need_clear = clear_cmdline; 8166 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 8167 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 8168 8169 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */ 8170 msg_pos_mode(); 8171 cursor_off(); 8172 attr = hl_attr(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */ 8173 if (do_mode) 8174 { 8175 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr); 8176 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) 8177 if (xic != NULL && im_get_status() && !p_imdisable 8178 && curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM) 8179 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */ 8180 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr); 8181 # else 8182 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr); 8183 # endif 8184 #endif 8185 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI) 8186 if (gui.in_use) 8187 { 8188 if (hangul_input_state_get()) 8189 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); /* HANGUL */ 8190 } 8191 #endif 8192 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8193 if (edit_submode != NULL) /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */ 8194 { 8195 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow 8196 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */ 8197 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3; 8198 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 8199 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra); 8200 if (length > 0) 8201 { 8202 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 8203 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre); 8204 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0) 8205 { 8206 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 8207 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr); 8208 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr); 8209 } 8210 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 8211 { 8212 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */ 8213 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT) 8214 sub_attr = hl_attr(edit_submode_highl); 8215 else 8216 sub_attr = attr; 8217 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr); 8218 } 8219 } 8220 length = 0; 8221 } 8222 else 8223 #endif 8224 { 8225 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8226 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 8227 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr); 8228 else 8229 #endif 8230 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8231 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr); 8232 else if (State & INSERT) 8233 { 8234 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8235 if (p_ri) 8236 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr); 8237 #endif 8238 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr); 8239 } 8240 else if (restart_edit == 'I') 8241 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr); 8242 else if (restart_edit == 'R') 8243 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr); 8244 else if (restart_edit == 'V') 8245 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr); 8246 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8247 if (p_hkmap) 8248 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr); 8249 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 8250 if (p_fkmap) 8251 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr); 8252 # endif 8253 #endif 8254 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 8255 if (State & LANGMAP) 8256 { 8257 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 8258 if (curwin->w_p_arab) 8259 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr); 8260 else 8261 # endif 8262 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (lang)"), attr); 8263 } 8264 #endif 8265 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste) 8266 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr); 8267 8268 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 8269 if (VIsual_active) 8270 { 8271 char *p; 8272 8273 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation 8274 * problems. */ 8275 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0) 8276 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2 8277 + (VIsual_mode == 'V')) 8278 { 8279 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break; 8280 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break; 8281 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break; 8282 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break; 8283 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break; 8284 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break; 8285 } 8286 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr); 8287 } 8288 #endif 8289 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr); 8290 } 8291 need_clear = TRUE; 8292 } 8293 if (Recording 8294 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8295 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */ 8296 #endif 8297 ) 8298 { 8299 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr); 8300 need_clear = TRUE; 8301 } 8302 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline) 8303 msg_clr_eos(); 8304 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */ 8305 length = msg_col; 8306 msg_col = 0; 8307 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */ 8308 } 8309 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0) 8310 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */ 8311 msg_clr_cmdline(); 8312 8313 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 8314 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 8315 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */ 8316 if (VIsual_active) 8317 clear_showcmd(); 8318 # endif 8319 8320 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode 8321 * message and must be redrawn */ 8322 if (redrawing() 8323 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8324 && lastwin->w_status_height == 0 8325 # endif 8326 ) 8327 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE); 8328 #endif 8329 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; 8330 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 8331 8332 return length; 8333 } 8334 8335 /* 8336 * Position for a mode message. 8337 */ 8338 static void 8339 msg_pos_mode() 8340 { 8341 msg_col = 0; 8342 msg_row = Rows - 1; 8343 } 8344 8345 /* 8346 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end 8347 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!). 8348 */ 8349 void 8350 unshowmode(force) 8351 int force; 8352 { 8353 /* 8354 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or insided a mapping. 8355 */ 8356 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)) 8357 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */ 8358 else 8359 { 8360 msg_pos_mode(); 8361 if (Recording) 8362 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), hl_attr(HLF_CM)); 8363 msg_clr_eos(); 8364 } 8365 } 8366 8367 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 8368 /* 8369 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr". 8370 */ 8371 static int 8372 fillchar_status(attr, is_curwin) 8373 int *attr; 8374 int is_curwin; 8375 { 8376 int fill; 8377 if (is_curwin) 8378 { 8379 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_S); 8380 fill = fill_stl; 8381 } 8382 else 8383 { 8384 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_SNC); 8385 fill = fill_stlnc; 8386 } 8387 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current 8388 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the 8389 * current window */ 8390 if (*attr != 0 && ((hl_attr(HLF_S) != hl_attr(HLF_SNC) 8391 || !is_curwin || firstwin == lastwin) 8392 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc))) 8393 return fill; 8394 if (is_curwin) 8395 return '^'; 8396 return '='; 8397 } 8398 #endif 8399 8400 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8401 /* 8402 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows. 8403 * Get its attributes in "*attr". 8404 */ 8405 static int 8406 fillchar_vsep(attr) 8407 int *attr; 8408 { 8409 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_C); 8410 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ') 8411 return '|'; 8412 else 8413 return fill_vert; 8414 } 8415 #endif 8416 8417 /* 8418 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done. 8419 */ 8420 int 8421 redrawing() 8422 { 8423 return (!RedrawingDisabled 8424 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw)); 8425 } 8426 8427 /* 8428 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done. 8429 */ 8430 int 8431 messaging() 8432 { 8433 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)); 8434 } 8435 8436 /* 8437 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places 8438 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed. 8439 */ 8440 void 8441 showruler(always) 8442 int always; 8443 { 8444 if (!always && !redrawing()) 8445 return; 8446 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 8447 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height) 8448 win_redr_custom(curwin, FALSE); 8449 else 8450 #endif 8451 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 8452 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always); 8453 #endif 8454 8455 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE 8456 if (need_maketitle 8457 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 8458 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON)) 8459 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE)) 8460 # endif 8461 ) 8462 maketitle(); 8463 #endif 8464 } 8465 8466 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 8467 static void 8468 win_redr_ruler(wp, always) 8469 win_T *wp; 8470 int always; 8471 { 8472 char_u buffer[70]; 8473 int row; 8474 int fillchar; 8475 int attr; 8476 int empty_line = FALSE; 8477 colnr_T virtcol; 8478 int i; 8479 int o; 8480 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8481 int this_ru_col; 8482 int off = 0; 8483 int width = Columns; 8484 # define WITH_OFF(x) x 8485 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) x 8486 #else 8487 # define WITH_OFF(x) 0 8488 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) Columns 8489 # define this_ru_col ru_col 8490 #endif 8491 8492 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */ 8493 if (!p_ru) 8494 return; 8495 8496 /* 8497 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called 8498 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected. 8499 */ 8500 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 8501 return; 8502 8503 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8504 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite 8505 * the (long) mode message. */ 8506 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8507 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 8508 # endif 8509 if (edit_submode != NULL) 8510 return; 8511 #endif 8512 8513 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 8514 if (*p_ruf) 8515 { 8516 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE); 8517 return; 8518 } 8519 #endif 8520 8521 /* 8522 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1"). 8523 */ 8524 if (!(State & INSERT) 8525 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL) 8526 empty_line = TRUE; 8527 8528 /* 8529 * Only draw the ruler when something changed. 8530 */ 8531 validate_virtcol_win(wp); 8532 if ( redraw_cmdline 8533 || always 8534 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum 8535 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col 8536 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol 8537 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8538 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd 8539 #endif 8540 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline 8541 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count 8542 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 8543 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill 8544 #endif 8545 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty) 8546 { 8547 cursor_off(); 8548 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8549 if (wp->w_status_height) 8550 { 8551 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 8552 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 8553 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8554 off = W_WINCOL(wp); 8555 width = W_WIDTH(wp); 8556 # endif 8557 } 8558 else 8559 #endif 8560 { 8561 row = Rows - 1; 8562 fillchar = ' '; 8563 attr = 0; 8564 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8565 width = Columns; 8566 off = 0; 8567 #endif 8568 } 8569 8570 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */ 8571 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 8572 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL) 8573 { 8574 wp->w_p_list = FALSE; 8575 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL); 8576 wp->w_p_list = TRUE; 8577 } 8578 8579 /* 8580 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer. 8581 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here. 8582 */ 8583 sprintf((char *)buffer, "%ld,", 8584 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) 8585 ? 0L 8586 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum)); 8587 col_print(buffer + STRLEN(buffer), 8588 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1, 8589 (int)virtcol + 1); 8590 8591 /* 8592 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it. 8593 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the 8594 * screen up on some terminals). 8595 */ 8596 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer); 8597 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1); 8598 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1); 8599 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8600 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */ 8601 #endif 8602 ++o; 8603 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8604 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width); 8605 if (this_ru_col < 0) 8606 this_ru_col = 0; 8607 #endif 8608 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other 8609 * half for the filename. */ 8610 if (this_ru_col < (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2) 8611 this_ru_col = (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2; 8612 if (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) 8613 { 8614 while (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) 8615 { 8616 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8617 if (has_mbyte) 8618 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i); 8619 else 8620 #endif 8621 buffer[i++] = fillchar; 8622 ++o; 8623 } 8624 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i); 8625 } 8626 /* Truncate at window boundary. */ 8627 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8628 if (has_mbyte) 8629 { 8630 o = 0; 8631 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i)) 8632 { 8633 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i); 8634 if (this_ru_col + o > WITH_WIDTH(width)) 8635 { 8636 buffer[i] = NUL; 8637 break; 8638 } 8639 } 8640 } 8641 else 8642 #endif 8643 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > WITH_WIDTH(width)) 8644 buffer[WITH_WIDTH(width) - this_ru_col] = NUL; 8645 8646 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off), attr); 8647 i = redraw_cmdline; 8648 screen_fill(row, row + 1, 8649 this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off) + (int)STRLEN(buffer), 8650 (int)(WITH_OFF(off) + WITH_WIDTH(width)), 8651 fillchar, fillchar, attr); 8652 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */ 8653 redraw_cmdline = i; 8654 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor; 8655 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 8656 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line; 8657 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline; 8658 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 8659 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 8660 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 8661 #endif 8662 } 8663 } 8664 #endif 8665 8666 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO) 8667 /* 8668 * Return the width of the 'number' column. 8669 * Zero when 'number' isn't set. 8670 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count. 8671 */ 8672 int 8673 number_width(wp) 8674 win_T *wp; 8675 { 8676 int n; 8677 linenr_T lnum; 8678 8679 if (!wp->w_p_nu) 8680 return 0; 8681 8682 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 8683 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count) 8684 return wp->w_nrwidth_width; 8685 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum; 8686 8687 n = 0; 8688 do 8689 { 8690 lnum /= 10; 8691 ++n; 8692 } while (lnum > 0); 8693 8694 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */ 8695 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1) 8696 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1; 8697 8698 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n; 8699 return n; 8700 } 8701 #endif 8702